2016 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

2016 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

(a) Undergraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2016. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is envisaged to take until 2016 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.

1

CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................... 2 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY ............................................. 4 FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF ............................................................. 5 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF ................................................................................. 6 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES .............................................................................................. 18 BAdmin (Full-Time) ............................................................................................................... 18 BAdmin (Part-Time) ............................................................................................................. 23 BCom Full-Time Curriculum .................................................................................................. 28 BCom Part-Time Curriculum ................................................................................................. 34 BCom Extended Curriculum .................................................................................................. 38 BCom (Financial Accounting) ................................................................................................ 45 BCom (Accounting) .............................................................................................................. 48 BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum ............................................................................. 52 BCom (Law) ......................................................................................................................... 56 BEcon (DE) .......................................................................................................................... 61 Higher Certificate in Economic Development (HCED) ........................................................... 65 BCom Generic Module Specialisation Table.......................................................................... 66 MODULE DESCRIPTORS .................................................................................................... 71 Extended Curriculla ............................................................................................................... 71 Business Analysis ................................................................................................................. 84 Academic Literacy for Commerce ......................................................................................... 89 Accounting ........................................................................................................................... 90 Accounting Related Subjects................................................................................................. 91 Economics .......................................................................................................................... 149 Fair Share (HCED) ............................................................................................................. 177 Industrial Psychology .......................................................................................................... 184 Information Systems ........................................................................................................... 194 School of Business and Finance .................................................................................... 124 Law Faculty Module Descriptors ......................................................................................... 209 Political Studies ................................................................................................................... 214 Public Administration ........................................................................................................... 224 Quantitative Skills for Accounting .......................................................................................... 79 Quantitative Skills for Commerce .......................................................................................... 82 Quantitative Skills Finance ................................................................................................... 83 Quantitative Skills Foundation ............................................................................................... 80 Quantitative Skills for Literacy ............................................................................................... 81 Mathematical & Statistical Sciences .................................................................................... 213 Business Statistics .............................................................................................................. 213

2

GENERAL INFORMATION CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: The Registrar University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: Faculty Manager Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)21 959 3164 Fax: +27 (0)21 959 3470/2578 Email: [email protected] CONTACT NUMBERS UWC Switchboard +27 (0)21 959-2911 UWC Call Centre +27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3 General Fax +27 (0)21 959-3126 THE UNIVERSITY’S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za

GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS

Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: Financial Aid Office University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0) 21 959 3114

3

CALENDAR

The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts:

Part 1 General Information

Part 2 Faculty of Science

Part 3 Faculty of Arts

(a) Undergraduate

(b) Postgraduate

Part 4 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

(a) Undergraduate

(b) Postgraduate

Part 5 Faculty of Education

Part 6 Faculty of Dentistry

Part 7 Faculty of Law

Part 8 Faculty of Community and Health Sciences

Part 9 Schedule of Fees

A separate publication containing the Faculty’s teaching and examination time-tables is obtainable from the Faculty Office. Students may also access this information via the student portal.

PLEASE NOTE:

All prospective EMS students will be required to write the National Benchmarking test, which is an admissions test for placement purposes. Please visit the website for more details: www.nbt.ac.za

http://www.nbt.ac.za/

4

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY

DEGREES Bachelor of Administration BAdmin Bachelor of Commerce BCom Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting BCom (Accounting) Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting BCom (Financial Accounting) Bachelor of Commerce in Law BCom (Law) Bachelor of Economics in Development Economics BEcon (DE) Bachelor of Administration (Honours) BAdmin (Hons) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) BCom (Hons) Bachelor of Arts Honours BA (Hons) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance BComHons(Finance) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management BComHons(Management) Bachelor of Economics (Honours) BEcon (Hons) Master of Development Studies MDVS Master of Administration MAdmin Master of Economics MEcon Master of Commerce MCom Master of Arts MA Master of Public Administration MPA Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies) MPhil (LAS) Doctor of Philosophy PhD DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES Advanced Diploma in Management AdvDip (Management) Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) AdvDip (Management) (Finance) Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) AdvDip (Management)

(Financial Planning) Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration PGDip (Business

Administration) Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting PGDip (Accounting) Postgraduate Diploma in Management PGDip(Management) Postgraduate Diploma in Finance PGDip (Finance) Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies PGDip (LAS) Higher Certificate in Economic Development HCED

ACCESS PROGRAMMES Management Development Programme MDP Senior Management Development Programme SMDP Programme in Economic Principles Programme in Economic Principles and Policy

PEP I PEPP II

5

FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF FACULTY BOARD The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio) Profs: DJ Visser, F Abrahams, C Africa, CJ Bakkes, C Cairney, A du Toit, LER De Vries, M Esau, W Geach, S Gool, R Hall, M Hara, F Herbst, P Hirschsohn, A Hsieh, K Hodnet , I Ille, M Isaacs, J Jansen, L Loxton, L Piper, J May, R Peters, J Pretorius, G Ruiters, C Tapscott, L Thompson, JJ Williams. Extraordinary Prof: D Blackmur, S Devereux, A Erwin, R Pellesier, DI Garach, CJ de Villiers, B Cousins. Extraordinary Prof (Associate): O Mollagee Extraordinary Senior Lecturers: Dr B von Lieres, , M Aliber, M D November, Drs: F Anciano, A Bayat, J Breytenbach, W Brown, P Brijlal, G Davids, D Desai, M Dinbabo, M Du Plessis, A Karriem, B Mahembe, E Makaudze,, V McGhie, J Njenga, L Pretorius, C Steyn, S Penderis, D Yu, G van Gensen, Messrs: G Adams, D Alexander, RG Arendse, M Botha, S Bucholtz, G Caseley, R George, G Hearn, P Hamel, K Heslop, M Hoskins, E Isaacs, S Klein, N Matanga, N Kock, ER Mentoor, I Mohamed, E Muriro, R Oliver, Q Paulsen , E Pullen, W Rinquest, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, AJ Saayman, GF Steyn, E van der Ross,. Mmes: A Bayat, C Christians, C Conradie, E Hamel, D Hamman-Fisher, R Jano, L Kimani, J Lawrence, L Lorente-Quesada, K Mobarak, P Moodley, M Moses, Z Mitchell, A Mujawamilya, H Naidoo, L Ndesi, A Noordien, M Otto, J Pretorius, F Petersen, L Svenson, J Terblanche, L Uys, C van den Berg, S van Staden, B Williams. Representatives of: Faculty of Law: Advocate F Kotze Faculty of Science: Mr A Latief Faculty of Education: Ms K de Mink Faculty of Community and Health Sciences: Mr L Leach FACULTY OFFICE STAFF Dean: DJ Visser, BCom, HDE (Stellenbosch), BCom

(Hons) (South Africa), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch) (FIAC)

Deputy Dean - Research: Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA)

Deputy Dean – Academic: P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT)

Faculty Manager: W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (Western Cape) Senior Faculty Officer: S v Staden, BScocSci (UCT), BPA (Hons)

(Stellenbosch) Cum Laude, PGDip (M&E) (Stellenbosch)

Faculty Officers: M Delport BCom (Western Cape) M Engel BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

ADM (Western Cape)

6

N Nkohla BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) B Geyer BA (Hons) (UWC) Administrative Officer: A Samodien (BSc) (Hons) Western Cape Administrative Assistants: E Ndayishimiye BCom(Western Cape),

BCom (Hons) IFS (Western Cape) H Thomas Dean’s Personal Assistant: S Van der Schyff Dean’s Administrative Assistant: J Voight Faculty Manager’s Administrative Assistant: L Naude Dip: Adult Education (Cape Town) Head: Pilot Thuthuka Programme: J van den Berg, BAcc (Stellenbosch), Hons

(BComp) (South Africa), CA (SA) Pilot Thuthuka Student Coordinator: C Trueman, HR Diploma (Rosebank Colleage) Pilot Thuthuka Financial Administrator: G Rudolph, National Diploma (Management) Peninsula Tech) LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF

(Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk (*) ACCOUNTING Professors: L Loxton B.Sc (Stellenbosch), B Acc (Hons)

(Stellenbosch), MBA (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) CJ Bakkes, MCompt (South Africa), CA (SA) *WD Geach, BA (LLB) (Cape Town), MCom, FCIS, CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA, Fellow of the University of Kwazulu Natal

Extraordinary Professors: DI Garach, MCom(Taxation) (UDW), CA(SA) CJ de Villiers, MBA (US), PhD Commerce (UP), CA (SA)

Associate Professor: C Cairney, MCom, (Cape Town), MSc (UWE), CA (SA) J Jansen, (BCom (Hons) Acc (Kwazulu Natal), CA (SA), MCom (Accounting Sciences) (UP)

Extraordinary Associate Professor: O Mollagee, BCom (Hons Acc) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Taxation (Cape Town), CA (SA)

Senior Lecturers: AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (Stellenbosch), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), CA (SA)

P J Pretorius, MCom (NMMU), CA (SA) L Uys, MCom (Auditing) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) E Hamel, MCom (Taxation) (RAU), Diploma

Tertiary Education (UNISA) J Terblanche BCom, HDE, MComm (USO)

(Computer Auditing) (US), CA(SA) Lecturers: RG Arendse, BCom (Finance) (UWC), BCom (Hons) (Investments) (UWC), PGDE (Higher Education) (Cape Town)

A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA)

7

E Pullen, MCom (Financial Management) (Cape Town) CA (SA)

G Adams, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (Western Cape), CA (SA) S Klein, PGDA(UCT), CA (SA) GF Steyn BCom (ACC) (Hons) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) I Mohamed, BCom (Fin Acc) (UCT), BCom (Hons) (ACC), (UKZN), CA (SA) Z Mitchell, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (UWC), CA (SA) B Williams, BCom(Hons) (ACC) (UWC), CA (SA) D Alexander, PG Dip (Tax Law)(ACC), (Management) (UCT), CA (SA) L Shinga, BCom (Hons) (UCT), CA(SA)

Administrative Officer: T Thomas Academic Support Coordinator: C Jacobs, BA (Psychology & Sociology) (UWC) Marks Administrators: E Felaar, NCM (Cape Peninsula UT)

S Couert, BCom (Western Cape) ADM (Postgraduate) (UWC), Z Salie, J Calvert-Wood

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Extra-Ordinary Senior Lecturer: MD November BA (Hons) (Keele), MA (History)

(London), MA (Teaching English as a Second Language) (UCLA), PhD (UCLA)

Teaching & Learning Specialist: Vacant Senior Lecturer : VF McGhie, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons)

(Linguistics) (Western Cape), MA (Linguistics) (Western Cape), Higher Diploma in Education (P/G) (Western Cape), Diploma in Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD (Stellenbosch)

Lecturer: L Ndesi, BTh (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Western Cape), MTh (Western Cape)

Assistant Lecturers: M Cooper, BCom Accounting (Western Cape) M Februarie, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) K Ramongane, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) D Schippers, BAdmin, BA (Hons) (Development Studies) (Western Cape)

K Ramongane, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) L Snyers, BCom (Western Cape) R Williams, BAdmin (Western Cape) Administrative Officer: R May Marks Administrator: R Kriel EXTENDED PROGRAMME Lecturers: D Desai, BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Hons)

(Western Cape), B. Mus. (Mus.Lib.), M.Mus. (Mus. Ed.) (Cape Town), BEd (SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D. (SA), L.T.C.L. L Llorente Quesada, B.Com (Honours) (UCLV, Cuba); MCom (Western Cape), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town) Summa Cum Laude

R George, (BTh), BA (Hons) (Western Cape)

8

E Muriro, BCom Accounting (Western Cape), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing (APT)

N Matanga, BCom (Hons), MPhil (Western Cape) K Mobarak, BCom, (Hons) (UWC), MCom (UWC

Q Paulsen BCom (Management and Finance (Hons) (UWC)

E v d Ross, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MCom (UWC) P Moodley (B.PAED-PRIM ED) (UDW), (B.Ed Curriculum Studies – English) (UDW), (Diploma in Ed Management), (RAU), M Ed (UWC). H Naidoo, BA, HDE, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) A Khan, BCom (ACC) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Accounting Science (South Africa)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Director/Associate Professor: R Peters, BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape),

MBL (South Africa), PhD (Johannesburg) Mauerberger Chair in Finance: S Gool, BSc (Cape Town), BEcon Hons (Western

Cape), MA Fin (UCalif), HED (South Africa), Chartered Financial Analyst

Professors: P Hirschsohn, PhD (MIT). MSc (Oxon), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), BBusSc (Cape Town),

F Herbst, Dcom (Pretoria), MCom (Pretoria), National Higher Diploma: Post School Education (Technikon SA), BCom (Hons) (UNISA), BCom (Pretoria)

Associate Professor: L De Vries, BCom (Hons), STD (Western Cape), MBA (Stellenbosch)

Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) K Hodnett, PhD (UCT), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND), Cum Laude, BCom (UND)

Senior Lecturers: P Brijlal, BSc, HDE (Natal), MBA (Durban Westville), PhD (Western Cape) W Brown BSc (UCT), MBA (Finance), (Manchester), PhD (Stellenbosch)

EBH Isaacs, MCom (Western Cape) ER Mentoor, MCom (Western Cape) C Steyn, PhD (Pretoria), MPhil cum laude (USB), BA cum laude (USB), Certificate in Coaching Practice (Stellenbosch).

A Bayat, BA (Medina), BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch)

Lecturers: M. Botha BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), (MCom) (UCT) G Caseley, BCom (Natal), BCom (Hons) (South Africa) Cum Laude, MBA (Witwatersrand) Cum Laude P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), B.Com (Hons) Mgmt & Finance (Midlands State), MBA (NUST (ZIM)

9

L Svenson - BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) G van Gensen, BA (UWC), MBA (Univ of Wales), BDA DTech (Cenral Uni of Technology)

Secretary: N Zumani Tutor Coordinator: J Hove BCom (University of Zimbabwe) Administrators: D Arendse BTech (CPUT)

M Orrie, ADM (Western Cape) F Petersen M Paulsen

A Rooks (intern) Administrative Assistant: S James ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) Coordinator: Vacant AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE) Director/Professor: L Thompson, BA (CAPE TOWN), BA (Hons), MA

(Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape) Administrator: Vacant ECONOMICS Professors: MK Ocran, BSc (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana), PhD

(Stellenbosch) Associate Professors: S Mohamed Senior Lecturers: E Makaudze, BSc (UZ), MSc (Agric Econ) (Texas

A & M), MA (OSU), PhD (OSU) KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch)

Lecturers: M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (UWC) A Bayat, BA (Cape Town), BEcon (Econ) (Hons) (UWC), MA (Econ) (William's College) C Christian, BSc (Physio) (Cape Town) (Distinction in Movement Science), BEcon (Hons) (Western Cape) (Cum laude), MEcon (Western Cape) (Cum laude)

D Van Lill MA (Econ) (Distinction), Simon Fraser, Vancouver, (CANADA) BCom Hons (Econ) (Cum Laude), (Stellenbosch) BA (Social Dynamics) (Cum Laude), (Stellenbosch) Administrative Officers: Postgraduate: C Dilgee Undergraduate: C Arnold Secretary: N Mhlongo, BA (Cape Town), (PDOM) (Cape

Town)

10

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Professor: F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude),

MEcon (Western Cape), DCom (South Africa), Registered Industrial Psychologist with the Health Profession Council of South Africa (HPCSA)

Associate Professor: COK Allen-Ile, LLB (Law), BSc (Hons), General & Applied Psychology, MSc (Organisational Psychology, PhD (Human Resource Management. Registered as Master Human Resource Practitioner with the South African Board for People Practices (SABPP) and admitted as Advocate of the High Court of South Africa.

Senior Lecturers: M du Plessis, BA (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Stellenbosch) MA (Human Resource Management (Stellenbosch), PhD (Industrial Psychology) (UWC), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA)) K Heslop, BA (Hons) (Psychology UND), BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Relations); BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Psychology); MAdmin (Ind Psych), (Cum Laude) (UDW), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Chartered Human Resource Practitioner (SABPP) *B Mahembe, BSc (Hons) (UZ), BComm (Hons) (Industrial Psychology (UFH), MComm (Industrial Psychology) by dissertation (UFH), MComm (Psych) (US), PhD (Industrial Psychology) (US).

R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA),

Lecturers: D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (Cape Peninsula UT), BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape), MA (Western Cape) R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape)

Marks Administrator: F Jasson BA (Stellenbosch) Secretary: D Ferrus, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) INFORMATION SYSTEMS Professor: Vacant Senior Lecturers: *JK Njenga, BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi);

MCom (IM) (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape) J Breytenbach, BCom Mathematics (US), MCom IT

(UFS), PhD IS (UP) Lecturers: G Hearn BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for

(Silviculture) US (MSAIF) C van den berg, B.Com Marketing (UP), Masters in

Business Administration (US), MPhil (US) F Petersen B.Com IS (UCT), B.Com IS

(Hon)(UCT), M.Com IS (UWC) L Kimani, MCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IS

(Western Cape), BCom (Western Cape) S Viljoen, MTech (CUT) A Budree, MSc (Financial Economics) (University

of London), BSc (Hons) (South Africa), BSc (IS) (UND)

11

Dept Administrator: L Wildscut Post-grad Administrator: W Mwaba, BA (North West) Undergrad Administrator: A Mujawamilya, BCom (Western Cape), BCom

(Hons) (Western Cape), MPhil (Population Studies) (Western Cape)

LAW FACULTY Mercantile Law and Labour Law Head of Department: Prof. MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLM (Free State), LLM

(Canbtab), Adv of High Court of SA Professors: D Du Toit, BA, LLB (Cape Town), LLD (Leiden),

Prof Emeritus (Western Cape), Attorny of the High Court of SA

ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD (Western Cape)

MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM (Cantab), Adv of High Court of SA

Senior Lecturers: GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Adv of High Court of SA

Lecturers: E Huysamen, LLB, LLM (Cum Laude) (Stellenbosch), Attorney of the High Court of SA

P Koornhof BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA

F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (Western Cape), LLM (Cape Town), Attorny of the High Court of SA

Employment Law: P S Bolton, BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape), Advocate of the High Court of SA

Company Law: G F Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the High Court of SA

Social Security Law: A von Zelewski, First & Second State Examinations in Law (Germany), Attorney of the High Court of SA

B Conradie Public Law: K Chinnian-Kester, BA, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) POLITICAL STUDIES Professor: *L Piper PhD (Cambridge) J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge) Extra-ordinary Senior Lecturer: B von Lieres, BA (Hons), MA (Witwatersrand),

DPhil (University of Essex) Associate Proffessor: C Africa (PhD) (Cape Town) Lecturer: JM Hoskins, BA; BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) F Anciano PHd (University of London) N Matshanda, PHd (University of Edinburgh) Administrators: Nadia Jansen M Moses (MAdmin) (UWC)

12

MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS Dept Chairperson: Prof RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc,

(Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) Admin Assistant: GL Hendricks, DipExSecr (Bellv Acad/Boston

House) Professors: RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc

(Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) PJ Witbooi, MSc (Western Cape), PhD (Cape

Town) Associate Professors: F Benyah, PhD (Western Australia, Perth) Extra-Ordinary Profs: J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London) Senior Lecturers: N Marcus, BSc (Hons) (South Africa), PhD (Cape

Town) E Mwambene, Drrernat (Vienna) K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur, India) Lecturers: M Mdekazi, MSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Cape Town) MR Omar, HDE, PhD (Cape Town) W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa), MSc

(Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) M Mohlala, PhD (Howard University) Senior Officer: MG Salasa, BSc (Hons) (Western Cape) B May, BSc, HDE, Bed (Western Cape) A Taylor, BSc, HDE (Western Cape) Officers: F Karriem, MSc (Western Cape) J Wyngaardt, BSc(Hons)(Western Cape) Administrative Assistant: GL Hendricks, (Dip EX Secr) (Bellv Acad/Boston

House) STATISTICS Dept Chairperson: Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town),

PhD (Pretoria) Admin Assistant: L Selbourne, BTh (Urbanium University-Rome) Professors: C Koen, PhD (Cape Town), PhD (Rand Afrikaans

University) D Kotze, DCom (Stellenbosch), MSc (South

Africa), MBL (South Africa) Associate Professor: RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD

(Pretoria) Extraordinary Prof: R Shell, PhD (Yale) Senior Lecturers: H Doctor, PhD, MA (Demography) (Pennsylvania

University) G Tati, PhD (Univ of Bristol), DEA (Univ of Paris,

Pantheon-Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise (Univ of Congo), Licence (Univ of Congo)

Lecturers: A Latief, MSc (Western Cape) N Stiegler, DEA, Institut d'etudes demographiques

universté de Bordeaux Maitrise and Licence, Universté montesquieu Bordeaux IV

Chief Officers: N Makapela, MSc (Western Cape) L Corker, BSc (Hons), MCom (Western Cape),

MSc (Cape Town) Senior Officer: R Lombard, MSc (Western Cape)

13

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT Director C. Tapscott, PhD (London), MSoc Sc

(Birmingham), BSocSc (Hons), PA(UCT) Proffessors: G. Ruiters, MA (Wits University), PhD (John

Hopkins, USA) MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (Western

Cape) JJ Williams BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum Laude),

MA(UWC),MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA)

I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University of Pretoria)

Senior Lecturer: G Davids, PhD (Western Cape) Admin Officer: F Hendricks, Secretarial Diploma (Todds

Commercial College) Librarian: N Seymour, BA, B Admin (Hons) (Western Cape) Training Division Manager: E Hamza, MAdmin (Public Administration) (US),

BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) Administrator: V Haywood, PGDG (Western Cape) Finance Manager: A D Roman, MAdmin (Public Finance) (Western Cape),

BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) BA (Western Cape), HDE (Western Cape)

Administrator: B Du Plessis, ADM (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Management) (Western Cape)

A van der Zandt P/G Programme Coordinator: L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE,

BA (Cape Town), MA (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape)

Senior P/G Administrator: L Festers P/G Administrator: B Maart Senior Lecturer U/G Programme Coordinator: GJ Davids, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) Dev

(Stellenbosch), Phd (Western Cape), PMD (Harvard), CIFE (IIAP-France)

U/G Programme Administrator: L Eyssen Fair Share Division Manager: T Khaile, MA in Public Management

(Witwatersrand), (Witwatersrand) MPhil Public Law (Western Cape)

F Miso, BA, BA (Hons) MPA (Western Cape) Administrators: L Petersen, HCED (Certificate) B Mtsotso, ADPA (Diploma) INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof: B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim) Director /Prof: A du Toit, MA (Stellenbosch), PhD (Essex) Associate Professors: M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (Western Cape) R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (Cape Town), MPhil

(Oxford) DPhil (Sussex) M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (Western Cape) Senior Researcher: B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil, PhD (Western

Cape) D Miller, MA, PhD (John Hopkins) D Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes)

14

Researchers: C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu-Natal)

L Loate, BA (Western Cape), MPA (Pretoria) E Sulle, BA (Tanzania), M.Pub Policy (Maryland) A Dubb, MPhil (Western Cape) B Ntwana, Badmin (Hons) (Western Cape) Research Assistant: P Majavu, BA (Hons) (Western Cape), MA

(Rhodes) Research Interns: M Ngubane, MA (Free State) A Okunlola, MA (Western Cape) D Chikazunga, MSc (Zimbabwe) Administrative Manager: U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape), Dip

Adult Ed (Cape Town) Financial Manager: T Reddy, Dipl Fin Acc (Instit of Admin & Comm) Senior Finance Officer: F Oeja, Dip Fin Acc (Varsity College) D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (Cape

Peninsula UT) Information & Communications Officer: R Pointer, BJourn (Rhodes) Librarian: G Kerchhoff, BA (Natal), HDipl Lib& Info Sc (Cape

Town) Senior Administrator: T Warries, Sec.Dipl (Maurice), Pub Rel Cert

(Damelin) Senior Administrator: C Henry, BCom (Western Cape) Admin Officer: J van Dieman, BA (Wetsern Cape), Secr Dipl

(Collingwood) B Malama, BA (Hons) (Weatern Cape) Senior Student Assistant: M Ndzelen, BSc (Buea), MBA (Arusha) Y Zegeye, BSocSc (Cape Town), BAdmin (Hons),

(Western Cape) INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (ISD) Director: J May, B.Soc.Sci (UN), B.Soc.Sci (Hons) (UN),

M.Soc.Sci (UN), PhD (UKZN) Acting Director: S P Penderis, PhD (UWC), MA (Cum Laude) (US),

BA (Hons) (Cum Laude), BA (US) Extraordinary Professor: S Devereux, BA (UCT),

MPhil, DPhil (Oxon) (Luca d’Angliano Award for Development Research; Africa Studies Association Dissertation Prize)

Senior Lecturers: M F Dinbaso, BSc, MA (UWC), MA (RUB), PhD (UWC)

Lecturers: Adv N Kock, B-Iuris, LLB (UWC) C M Conradie, BA, BA (Hons) (Cum Laude)

(Pretoria), MA (Cum Laude)(Western Cape), MPhil (Cum Laude) (US)

A Karriem, BA, BA (Hons) (UWC), M.R.P, PhD (Cornell)

DAAD Fellow: Vacant Administrative Officer: P M Kippie

15

AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 2007 in the School of Government and aims to: • Research and disseminate findings on inclusive citizenships in the region and in the

continent. • Promote research into grassroots organisations and movement • Raise public awareness of southern African citizen-centred questions through

conferences, symposia, and workshops. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of: • appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators; • knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of

governance and administration; • the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct,

transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political and administrative transformation in South Africa.

• broadening the School’s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.);

• making the School’s programmes a more relevant to a wider African audience; • introducing new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative,

interactive and experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and

• more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge.

INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) Vision and Mission PLAAS engages in research, training, policy development and advocacy in relation to land and agrarian reform, rural governance and natural resource management. PLAAS is committed to social change that empowers the poor, builds democracy, and enhances sustainable livelihoods. Gender equity is integral to these goals. PLAAS aims for rigour in its scholarship, excellence in its training, and effectiveness in its policy support and advocacy. It strives to play a critical yet constructive role in processes of social, economic, and political transformation. FAIR SHARE Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the School of Government’s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share assists civil society organisations to participate in municipal governance. The focus of

16

our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes. Meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a key focus of Fair Share’s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e. the Certificate in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share has developed various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees, municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental organisations including trade unions. Programmes Local Economic Development (LED) The Local Economic Development Programme is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders and local officials to play a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand-alone course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5. Higher Certificate in Economic development (HCED) The HCED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist the organizations to participate in the economic development processes of their communities. The HCED is an in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. The HCED is offered through both an on-site learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and methods. Participants are required to apply their learning in their community and organisational contexts. Participants are recruited from all provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, non-governmental organizations and from municipalities. Advanced Diploma in Public Administration The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6. The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors. Research and Publications Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work.

17

THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) The Entrepreneurship Development Unit (EDU) is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF). The mission of the (EDU) is to promote enterprise development focusing on the small and medium enterprise (SME) sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of specific training and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both students and SME owners) to be able to manage more effectively and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and development within the South African context. The specific aims are:

• to coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the sector

• to coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the SBF which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise

• to partner the SBF in developing and teaching a specialized entrepreneurship programme to aspirant entrepreneurs and SME owners to develop professionalize and grow their operations,

• enable graduates to work with NGO’s, government, financial institutions in providing management, financial consultancy and other support to the SME sector.

• to provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the SME community

• to develop and present short courses to address particular SME organizational requirements and

• to develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses and Entrepreneur

Development Programmes, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other units in the Faculty.

18

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1011) (3yrs-full time) D.1 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Administration D.1.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects

at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

• Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language). • Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language) • Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or • Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy

D.1.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

(a) No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has

obtained the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a D (50%).

OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed

to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D. 2 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.3 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time study. D.4 CURRICULUM D.4.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Political Studies 131 POL131 15 Public Administration 131 PUA131 15 South African Politics and Government 132 GOV132 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce131 ALC131 15 Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 Select 1 Module from the following 2 Options Quantitative Literacy For Commerce141 QLC141 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15

19

Electives: (Select 2 modules) Financial Accounting 141/143 FIA141/143 15 Economics 133/134 ECO133/134 15 Industrial Psychology 131/132 IPS131/132 15 Principles of Business Management 131/132 MAN131/132 15 Statistics 142 or STA142 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Total 120 D.4.2 Level 2 Core Modules Political Studies 231 POL231 20 Political Studies 232 POL232 20 Public Administration 211 PUA211 10 Public Administration 212 PUA212 10 Public Administration 221 PUA221 10 Public Administration 222 PUA222 10 Electives: Select 1 Group: Group 1 Economics 241 ECO241 10 Economics 231 ECO231 10 Economics 232 ECO232 10 Economics 242 (Required For Entry Into Economics Honours) or ECO242 10 Economics 234 ECO234 10 Group 2 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology 233 IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology 234 IPS234 10 Group 3 Business Analysis IFS231 20 Service Delivery Management IFS233 20 Group 4 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Business Finance 234 MAN234 10 Financial and Analytical Techniques 235 MAN235 10 Group 5 (SME Management) Entrepreneurship – Starting A Small Business MAN201 10 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises MAN206 10 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Total 120 D.4.3 Level 3 Option 1 Select Both Groups Group 1 Political Studies 331 POL331 30 Political Studies 332 POL332 30 Group 2 Public Administration 311 PUA311 15 Public Administration 313 PUA313 15

20

Public Administration 321 PUA321 15 Public Administration 323 PUA323 15 Option 2 Select 1 Group from Option 1 and one Group from Option 2 Group 1 (IF NOT SELECTED IN OPTION 1) Political Studies 331 POL331 30 Political Studies 332 POL332 30 Group 2 (IF NOT SELECTED IN OPTION 1) Public Administration 311 PUA311 15 Public Administration 313 PUA313 15 Public Administration 321 PUA321 15 Public Administration 323 PUA323 15 Group 3 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO331 15 Economics 332 ECO332 15 Select 1 Sub-Group Group 3.1 Economics 311 (Required For Honours) ECO311 15 Economics 335 ECO335 15 Group 3.2 (Select 2 of) Economics 334 ECO334 15 Economics 336 ECO336 15 Economics 333 (Not offered in 2016) ECO333 15 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 335 IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 337 IPS337 15 Group 5 Information System 361 IFS361 30 Information Systems 362 IFS362 30 Group 6 Strategic Management 304 MAN304 15 Research and Communication For Business 314 MAN314 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques 305 MAN305 15 Financial Management 312 MAN312 15 Group 7 Strategic Management 304 MAN304 15 Research and Communication For Business 314 MAN314 15 Services Marketing 303 MAN303 15 Project Management 325 MAN325 15 Total 120 TOTAL 360 D.5 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.6 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to Rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:

21

D.6.1 Level 1 D.6.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of

registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter to be promoted.

D.6.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132).

D.6.1.3 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. D.6.1.4 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules (120

credits) in order to promote. D.6.2 Level 2 D.6.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. D.6.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in

order to promote. D.6.3 Level 3 D.6.3.1 A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the

requirements for the degree are met. D.6.3.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date

of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.6.3.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when

further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.7 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.7.1 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to

register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.7.2 A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to


D.8 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.9 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.9.1 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of

study;

D.9.2 The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; D.9.3 No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of

modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

22

D.9.4 Transfering to the BCom Degree:

The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the BCom Degree:

D.9.4.1 Passed at least 105 credits (including QSC131/132) in the first year of enrolment full-

time or in two years part-time. D.9.4.2 To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in

consultation with the curriculum advisor. D.9.5 Major Subjects Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.9.5.1 Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public

Administration or Political Studies and

D.9.5.2 A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following:

• Industrial Psychology • Economics • Political Studies and/or Public Administration • Managementor SME Management • Information Systems

D.9.5.3 Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second

year level subject.

D.9.6 No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

D.9.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC 131/132) one of the following is

required:

• Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or • HG (40%) in Mathematics or • SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.9.8 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in QSC131/132 is required. D.9.9 ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics. D.9.10 If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15

students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

D.9.11 Students do not require a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) to

register for MAN231, 233, 201, and 206.

23

BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1018) (4yrs-part time) D.10 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Administration D.10.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects



D.10.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

(a) No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has

obtained the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a D (50%).


to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.11 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.12 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over five years of part-time study. D.13 CURRICULUM D.13.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Ist Year of Enrolment Core Modules Academic Literacy for Commerce131 ALC131 15 Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 South African Politics and Government 132 GOV132 15 Select 1 module from the following 2 options Quantitative Literacy for Commerce141 QLC141 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Total 60

24

2nd Year of Enrolment Core Modules Political Studies 131 POL131 15 Public Administration 131 PUA131 15 Electives: (select 2 modules) Financial Accounting 141 FIA141 15 Economics 133 ECO133 15 Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Principles of Business Management 132 MAN132 15 Statistics 141 OR STA141 15 Business Statistics 131 BUS131 15 Total 60 D.13.2 Level 2 Core Modules Political Studies 231 POL231 20 Political Studies 232 POL232 20 Public Administration 211 PUA211 10 Public Administration 212 PUA212 10 Public Administration 221 PUA221 10 Public Administration 222 PUA222 10 Electives: Select 1 group: Each group will be offered twice in a 3-year cycle. Group 1 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology 233 IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology 234 IPS234 10 Group 2 Business Analysis IFS231 20 Service Delivery Management IFS233 20 Group 3 Management 231 MAN231 10 Management 233 MAN233 10 Management 234 MAN234 10 Management 235 MAN235 10 Total 120 D13.3 Level 3 Option 1 Select Both Groups Group 1 Political Studies 331 POL331 30 Political Studies 332 POL332 30 Group 2 Public Administration 311 PUA311 15 Public Administration 313 PUA313 15 Public Administration 321 PUA321 15 Public Administration 323 PUA323 15 Option 2 Select 1 Group 1 or Group 2 and one Group from Groups 3, 4 or 5 Group 1 Political Studies 331 POL331 30 Political Studies 332 POL332 30

25

Group 2 Public Administration 311 PUA311 15 Public Administration 313 PUA313 15 Public Administration 321 PUA321 15 Public Administration 323 PUA323 15 Group 3 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 335 IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 337 IPS337 15 Group 4 Information System 361 IFS361 30 Information Systems 362 IFS362 30 Group 5 Strategic Management 304 MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business 314 MAN314 15 Select 2 of: Employee Management 324 MAN324 15 Project Management 325 MAN325 15 Financial Management 312 MAN312 15 Total 120 TOTAL 360 D.14 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D15. PROMOTION RULES D15.1 Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to Rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.15.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 60 credits per annum thereafter. D.15.1.2 After two years of study, a student must have passed 90 credits including Academic

Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy Skills (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) in order to promote to level 2.

D.15.1.3 After three years of enrolment a student must have passed all 1st level modules. D.15.1.4 After 4 years of study a student must have passed 210 credits to promote to level 3. D.15.1.5 After five years of enrolment a student must have passed all 2nd level modules. D.15.1.6 After seven years of enrolment completed the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. D.15.1.7 A student shall register for no more than 60 credits per annum in the 1st 2 years of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. D.15.1.8 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

26

D.15.1.9 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.16 ADVANCE REGISTRATION After Hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and co-requisites of the intended modules and provided that modules are offered after-hours in a particular academic year. D.17 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.17.1 Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a single semester. D.17.2 Each student should register for a minimum of 60 credits per annum in order to complete in the maximum period allowed; D.17.3 Students transferring from full-time studies are required to follow the curriculum offered during evening classes. D.17.4 Transferring to the BCom Degree: The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the BCom Degree: D.17.4.1 Passed at least 105 credits (including QSC131/132) in the first year of enrolment full-

time or in two years part-time enrolment D.17.4.2 To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation with the curriculum advisor. D.17.5 Major Subjects Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.17.5.1 Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration or Political Studies and D.17.5.2 A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following:

• Industrial Psychology • Political Studies and/or Public Administration • Management • Information Systems

D.17.5.3 Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level subject. D.17.5.4 No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

27

D.17.5.5 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 the following is required:

• Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or • HG (40%) in Mathematics or • SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.17.5.6 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required. D.17.5.7 If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

28

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1008) (3 yrs- full-time) D.18 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.18.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated

subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: • Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language). • Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language) • Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics

D.18.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate

thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following subject requirements:

• HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or • SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and

OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.19 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.20 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time study. D.21 CURRICULUM D.21.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131 ALC131/132 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS131/132 15 Financial Accounting 141/143 FIA141/143 15 Information Systems 131/132 IFS131/132 15 Principles of Business Management 131/132 MAN131/132 15 Economics 134/133 ECO134/133 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce QSC131/132 15

29

Electives (select either Group 2 or Group 3) Group 2 (select both modules) Mathematics MAM127 10 Financial Accounting 142 FIA142 10 Group 3 (select 1 module) Industrial Psychology 131/132 IPS131/132 15 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Local Economic Development LED111 15 Sub-total 120-130 D.21.2 Level 2 1. Select 2 of Groups 1-6 to the value of 40 credits each and 2. Select 40 credits from (a) One subject from Groups 1-6 (40 credits) or (b) Two half-subjects (20 credits each) from Sub-groups in Groups 1-11 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Financial Accounting Financial Accounting 241 FIA241 20 Financial Accounting 242 FIA242 20 Group 2 Economics Sub-Group 2.1 Compulsory Microeconomics A ECO241 10 Microeconomics B ECO231 10 Macroeconomics ECO232 10 Electives Sub-Group 2.2 (Select 1 module) Econometrics (Note: required for PG studies in Economics) ECO242 10 Public Sector Economics ECO234 10 Sub-Group 2.3 (select 2 modules) Mathematical Economics ECO235 10 Econometrics ECO242 10 Public Sector Economics ECO234 10 Group 3 Industrial Psychology Sub-Group 3.1 Career Psychology IPS231 10 Psychometrics IPS232 10 Sub-Group 3.2 Human Resource Management IPS233 10 Labour Relations IPS234 10 Group 4 Information Systems Sub-Group 4.1 Business Analysis IFS231 20 Sub-Group 4.2 Service Delivery Management IFS233 20 Group 5 Management Sub-Group 5.1 Management Marketing MAN231 10 Operations Management MAN233 10 Sub-Group 5.2 Finance Finance and Analytical Techniques MAN234 10 Business Finance MAN235 10 Group 6 Sub-Group 6.1 Statistics 211 STA211 20 Sub-Group 6.2 Statistics 221 STA221 20

30

Select 40 credits from an additional Group above or from the above sub-groups or Groups 7-11 below Group 7 Information Technology Sub-Group 7.1 Information Systems Database Modelling IFS242 20 Sub-Group 7.2 Business Information Systems IFS244 20 Group 8 Employment Law EMP211 10 Social Security Law SSL222 10 Group 9 Sub-Group 9.1 Select 2 of the following Management Accounting 241 MAC241 10 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Business Ethics 242 BET242 10 Sub-Group 9.2 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Taxation 242 TAX242 10 Sub-Group 9.3 Entrepreneurship MAN201 10 Business Law for SMEs MAN237 10 Group 10 Business Analysis (select 2 or 4 of the following) Quantitative Analysis BSA201 10 Intensive Reading & Writing BSA202 10 Analytical & Critical Thinking BSA203 10 Introduction to Research BSA204 10 Case Study Analysis BSA205 10 Business Ethics BET242 10 Entrepreneurship MAN201 10 Group 11 Economic Development (Select all 4) Economic Profiling and Quantitative Analysis LED211 10 Entrepreneurship MAN201 10 Tourism 211 TOU211 10 Tourism 212 TOU212 10 Sub-Total 120 D.21.3 Level 3 1. Select at least one of Groups 1-7 (60 credits each) and 2. Select the remaining 60 credits may be made up of (a) another of Group 1-7 (60 credits) or (b) two sub-groups (30 credits each) from sub-groups in Groups1-12 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Economics Sub-Group 1.1 (Compulsory to major in Economics) Micro Economics ECO331 15 Macro Economics ECO332 15 Electives (select 1 sub-group) Sub-Group 1.2 (Select 2 modules) Econometrics (Note: required for admission to honours) ECO311 15 International Trade ECO335 15 Public Sector Economics ECO334 15 Development Economics ECO336 15

31

Sub-Group 1.3 (Select 2 modules) Labour Economics (NOT OFFERED IN 2016) ECO333 15 Public Sector Economics ECO334 15 Development Economics ECO336 15 Group 2 Financial Accounting Sub-Group 2.1 Financial Accounting 341 FIA341 30 Sub-Group 2.2 Financial Accounting 342 FIA342 30 Group 3 Organisation Behaviour IPS331 15 Research Methodology IPS333 15 Consumer Behaviour IPS335 15 Training Management IPS337 15 Group 4 Information Systems Sub-Group 4.1 IS Strategy IFS361 30 Sub-Group 4.2 Architecture & Infrastructure IFS362 30 Group 5 Management Compulsory Sub-Group 5.1 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Elective (select one group) Sub-Group5.2 (select 2 modules) Project Management MAN325 15 Services Marketing MAN303 15 Retail Management MAN306 15 Sub-Group 5.3 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 6 Finance (Select 2 modules) Sub-Group 6.1 Investments Investment Management MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Sub-Group 6.2 Financial Management Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Sub-Group 6.3 Insurance Long Term Insurance IST310 15 Short Term Insurance IST309 15 Group 7 Statistics (select 2 modules) Statistics 331 STA331 30 Statistics 332 STA332 30 Statistics 333 STA333 30 Select an additional Group above (60 credits) or two sub-groups (30 credits each) from the above sub-groups or remaining groups (Groups 8-12) Group 8 Economic Development Local Economic Development LED311 15 Industrial Policy IDP311 15 Group 9 Industrial Psychology (select 2 modules) Ergonomics IPS334 15 Negotiation and Conflict Resolution IPS336 15 Organisation Behaviour IPS331 15 Consumer Behaviour IPS335 15

32

Group 10 Information Systems Emerging Trends in Information Systems IFS351 15 Enterprise Resource Planning IFS341 15 Group 11 Management Strategic Management MAN304 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Group 12 SME Management (Not necessarily offered every year) Select 2 modules Retail Management MAN306 15 SME Business Planning (Not offered in 2016) MAN339 15 SME Consulting MAN302 15 Sub-total 120 Total 360-365 D.22 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.23 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.23.1 Level 1 D.23.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion). D.23.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132). D.23.1.3 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. D.23.1.4 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.23.2 Level 2 D.23.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. D.23.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.23.3 Level 3 D.23.3.1 A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. D.23.3.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.23.3.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

33

D.24 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.24.1 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.24.2 A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.25 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.26 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.26.1 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study. D.26.2 The total credit value may only exceed 370 with the permission of Senate; D.26.3 No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. D.26.4 Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills

for Commerce (QSC132) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to the degree.

D.26.5 No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. D.26.6 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required D.26.7 ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics D.26.8 If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

34

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1101) (After-hours) D.27 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.27.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

• Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language). • Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language) • Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics

D.27.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following subject requirements:

• HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or • SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and

OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.28 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.29 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over five years of part-time study. D.30 CURRICULUM D.30.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Principles of Business Management 132 MAN132 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce131 ALC131 15 Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 Total 60

35

Core Modules Financial Accounting 141 FIA141 15 Business Statistics 131 BUS131 15 Economics 133 ECO133 15 Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Total 60 D.30.2 Level 2 Core Modules (each group will be offered twice in a three year cycle) Group 1 Career Psychology IPS231 10 Psychometrics IPS232 10 Human Resource Management IPS233 10 Labour Relations IPS234 10 Group 2 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations Management MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance & Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Group 3 Business Analysis IFS231 20 Service Delivery Management IFS233 20 Total 120 D.30.3 Level 3 (select 2 groups) Group 1 Core Modules Research & Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Electives Financial Management MAN312 15 Employee Management MAN324 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Group 2 Organisation Behaviour IPS331 15 Research Methodology IPS333 15 Consumer Behaviour IPS335 15 Training Management IPS337 15 Group 3 IS Strategy IFS361 30 Architecture & Infrastructure IFS362 30 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 360 D.31 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.32. PROMOTION RULES D.32.1 Level 1 Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.

36

D.32.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 60 credits per annum thereafter. D.32.1.2 After two years of study, a student must have passed 90 credits including Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) in order to promote to level 2. D.32.1.3 After three years of enrolment a student must have passed all 1st level modules. D.32.1.4 After 4 years of study a student must have passed 210 credits to promote to level 3. D.32.1.5 After five years of enrolment a student must have passed all 2nd level modules. D.32.1.6 After seven years of enrolment completed the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. D.32.1.7 A student shall register for no more than 60 credits per annum in the 1st 2 years of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. D.32.1.8 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.32.1.9 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.33 ADVANCE REGISTRATION After-hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and co- requisites of the intended modules, and provided that modules are offered after- hours in a particular academic year. D.34 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.35 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.35.1 After-hours students may not register for more than 90 credits in any year or 50 credits in a single semester. D.35.2 The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; D.35.3 No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. D.35.4 Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) to proceed with studies. D.35.5 No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

37

D.35.6 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required. D.35.7 If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

38

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE (Extended CURRICULUM) – BCom (1751) (4 yrs-full time) D.36 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.36.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated

subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:


D.36.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate

thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:


OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has

deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D.37 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.38 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four

years of full-time study. D.39 CURRICULUM D.39.1 Level 1 D.39.1.1 Students Who Passed Mathematics (Level 3 or Higher) Compulsory Academic Literacy for Business 131/132 ALB131/2 15 Introduction to the Economy and Business 133/134 IEB133/4 15 Quantitative Skills Foundation 131/132 QSF131/2 15 Introduction to Information Systems 131/132 IFS131/2 15

39

Introduction to SA Accounting 130/131 ACC130/1 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131/132 ALC131/2 15 Principles of Business Management 131/132 MAN131/2 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131/132 QSC131/2 15 D.39.1.2 Students Who Passed Mathematics 2 OR Maths Literacy Compulsory Academic Literacy for Business 131/132 ALB131/2 15 Introduction to the Economy and Business 133/134 IEB133/4 15 Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141/142 QLC141/2 15 Introduction to Information Systems 131/132 IFS131/2 15 Quantitative Skills Foundation 131/132 QSF131/2 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131/132 ALC131/2 15 Principles of Business Management 131/132 MAN131/2 15 Industrial Psychology 131/132 IPS131/2 15 D.39.2 Level 2 D.39.2.1 Students Who Passed Mathematics (Level 3 or Higher) Compulsory Intensive Reading and Writing 231/232 IRF231/2 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking 1 231/233 ACF231/3 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking 2 232/234 ACF232/4 15 Financial Accounting 141/143 FIA141/3 15 Business Statistics 131/132 BUS131/2 15 Economics 133/134 ECO133/4 15 Group 2 (Select 1 Module) Quantitative Analysis for Commerce 231 QAC231 15 Case Study Analysis 211 CSA211 15 Electives (select either Group 3 or Group 4) Group 3 (select 1 module) Industrial Psychology 131/132 IPS131/132 15 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Local Economic Development LED111 15 Group 4 (Select both modules) Mathematics 127 MAM127 10 Financial Accounting 142 FIA142 10 D.39.2.2 Students Who Passed Mathematics 2 or Maths Literacy Compulsory Intensive Reading and Writing 231/232 IRF231/2 15 Introduction to SA Accounting 131/133 ACC131/3 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking 1- 231/233 ACF231/3 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131/133 QSC131/2 15 Financial Accounting 141/143 FIA141/3 15 Economics 133/134 ECO133/4 15 Business Statistics 131/132 BUS131/2 15 Group 2 (Select 1 Module) Quantitative Analysis for Commerce 231 QAC231 15 Case Study Analysis 211 CSA211 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking 232/234 ACF232/4 15

40

D.39.3 Level 3 Select at least two of groups 1-6 to the value of 40 credits each Group 1 Economics Sub-Group 1.1 Compulsory Microeconomics A ECO241 10 Microeconomics B ECO231 10 Macroeconomics ECO232 10 Electives Sub-Group 1.2 (Select 1 Module) Econometrics (Note: Required for Postgraduate Studies in Economics) ECO242 10 Public Sector Economics ECO234 10 Sub-Group 1.3 (Select 2 Modules) Mathematical Economics ECO235 10 Econometrics ECO242 10 Public Sector Economics ECO234 10 Group 2 Financial Accounting Financial Accounting 241 FIA241 20 Financial Accounting 242 FIA242 20 Group 3 Industrial Psychology Sub-Group 3.1 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Sub-Group 3.2 Human Resource Management IPS233 10 Labour Relations IPS234 10 Group 4 Information Systems Business Analysis IFS231 20 Information Systems 233 IFS232 20 Group 5 Management Sub-Group 5.1. Management Marketing MAN231 10 Operations Management MAN233 10 Sub-Group 5.2 Finance Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Group 6 Statistics Statistics 211 STA211 20 Statistics 221 STA221 20 Select 40 Credits from an additional group above or from the above sub-groups or Groups 7 – 11 below Group 7 Information Technology Group 7.1 Information Systems Database Modelling IFS242 20 Group 7.2 Business Information Systems IFS244 20 Group 8 Employment Law EMP211 10 Social Security Law SSL222 10 Group 9 Sub-Group 9.1 Select 2 of the following Management Accounting 241 MAC241 10 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Business Ethics 242 BET242 10

41

Sub-Group 9.2 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Taxation 242 TAX242 10 Sub-Group 10 (Select 2 of the following) Entrepreneurship MAN201 10 Business Ethics 242 BET242 10 Business Law for SME’s MAN237 10 Group 11 (Local Economic Development) (Select all 4) Economic Profiling and Quantitative Analysis LED211 10 Entrepreneurship MAN201 10 Tourism 211 TOU211 10 Tourism 212 TOU212 10 Sub Total 120 D.39.4. Level 4 Group 1 Economics Sub-Group 1.1 Compulsory for Economics Majors Micro-Economics ECO331 15 Macro-Economics ECO332 15 Electives Sub-Group 1.2 (Select 2 Modules) Econometrics (Note: Required for admission to Honours) ECO311 15 International Trade ECO335 15 Public Sector Economics ECO334 15 Development Economics ECO336 15 Sub-Group 1.3 (Select 2 Modules) Labour Economics (Not offered in 2016) ECO333 15 Public Sector Economics ECO334 15 Development Economics ECO336 15 Group 2 Financial Accounting Sub-Group 2.1 Financial Accounting 341 FIA341 30 Sub-Group 2.2 Financial Accounting 342 FIA342 30 Group 3 Industrial Psychology Industrial Psychology 331 Organisational Behaviour IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 Research IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 335 Consumer Behaviour IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 337 Training IPS337 15 Group 4 Information Systems Sub-Group 4.1 Information Systems Strategy IFS361 30 Sub-Group 4.2 Architecture & Infrastructure IFS362 30 Group 5 Management Compulsory Sub-Group 5.1 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Elective (Select One Group) Sub-Group 5.2 (Select 2 Modules) Project Management MAN325 15 Services Marketing MAN303 15 Retail Marketing MAN306 15

42

Sub-Group 5.3 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 6 Finance Sub-Group 6.1 Investments Investment Management MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Sub-Group 6.2 Financial Management Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Sub-Group 6.3 Insurance Long Term Insurance IST310 15 Short Term Insurance IST309 15 Group 7 Statistics (Select 2 modules with the assistance of Statistics HOD) Statistics 331 STA331 30 Statistics 332 STA332 30 Statistics 333 STA333 30 Select an additional Group above (60 credits) or two sub-groups (30 credits) from the above sub-groups or remaining groups 8 – 12 below) Group 8 Economic Development Local Economic Development LED311 15 Industrial Policy IDP311 15 Group 9 Industrial Psychology Select 2 modules Ergonomics IPS334 15 Negotiation IPS336 15 Organisational Behaviour IPS331 15 Consumer Behaviour IPS335 15 Group 10 (from 2016) Emerging Trends in Information Systems IFS351 15 Enterprise Resource Planning IFS341 15 Group 11 Project Management MAN325 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Group 12 SME Management (Not Necessarily Offered Every Year) Select 2 Modules Retail Management MAN306 15 SME Business Planning (not offered in 2016) MAN339 15 SME Consulting MAN302 15 Sub-Total 120 Total 490 D.40 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.41 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.41.1 A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90

credits per annum thereafter.

43

D.41.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131/132) and IEB133/134.

D.41.3 A student shall be promoted to level 2 on obtaining at least 90 credits including

Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131/132) and IEB133/134.

D.41.4 After 2 years of study a student must have passed all level 1 modules. D.41.5 A student shall be promoted to level 3 on obtaining at least 210 credits. including all ECP modules. D.41.6 A student shall be promoted to level 4 on obtaining at least 330 credits. D.41.7 After 3 years of study a student must have passed all ECP modules. D.41.8 After 4 years of study a student must have passed all level 2 modules. D.41.9 A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330

credits. D.41.10 After 5 years of study a student must have passed all level 3 modules. D.41.11 A student shall complete the degree once 490 credits are obtained and all the

requirements for the degree are met. D.41.12 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date

of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.4113 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when

further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.42 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.42.1 A student who has not promoted to level 2 shall not be allowed to register for more

than 105 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding level 1 credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.42.2 A student who has not promoted to level 3 shall not be allowed to register for

more than 105 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding level 2 credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.42.3 A student who has not promoted to level 4 shall not be allowed to register for more than 105 credits for the year, with shall include all the outstanding level 3 credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.43 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.

44

D.44 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.44.1 Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Skills Foundation

(QSF) before the start of the academic year will enrol for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) and Business Statistics (BUS132). No module needs to be taken in place of QSF131.

D.44.2 Students who failed Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131) and/or Academic

Literacy for Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF132) and Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2nd semester to qualify for re-admission for a 2nd year of enrolment.

D.44.3 Students must have passed all 1st year level modules by the end of the 2nd year to

qualify for readmission for the 3rd year of enrolment. D.44.4 Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Literacy for

Commerce (QLC) before the start of the academic year will follow the curriculum under D.40.1.1

D.44.5 Students who passed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) (at first attempt)

with a final mark of at least 70% need not enrol for QSF131/132 and should register for Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC130) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2nd semester. If such student passes Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) at the first attempt, he/she shall follow the curriculum under D.40.2.1 in the 2nd year of enrolment. Students are advised that it in their best interest to register for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF) thereby setting a better foundation for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC).

D.44.6 Students who failed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) and/or Academic

Literacy for Business (ALB131) and/or Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB133) must register for and pass Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131) and/or Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB133) in the 2nd semester to qualify for readmission for the 2nd year of enrolment.

D.44.7 Students who fail Intensive Reading and Writing (IRF231) or Analytical and Critical

Thinking (ACF231) and/or Analytical and Critical Thinking (ACF232) must repeat these modules in the following semester.

D.44.8 Students must have passed all Foundation modules by the end of the 3rd year of

enrolment to qualify for readmission. D.44.9 Students who transfer from B Com ACC (ECP) programme to BCom (ECP)

programme, such students must complete all outstanding modules as required by the BCom ECP curriculum.

D.44.10 Students who transfer from BCom Accounting (ECP) and failed Quantitative Skills for

Accounting (QSA131) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) should register for QSF131 in the following year.

45

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING) - (BCom) (Fin Acc) (1175) (3 years full time) D.45 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Financial Accounting) D.45.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:


D.45.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:


OR A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.46 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.47 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. D.48 CURRICULUM D.48.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory /143 Financial Accounting 141 FIA141/143 15 Financial Accounting 142 FIA142 10 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Principles of Business Management 131/132 MAN131/132 15 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Information Systems 132/131 IFS132/131 15

46

Academic Literacy for Commerce 131/132 ALC131/132 15 Economics 134/133 ECO134/133 Electives - Select 1 group Select 1 of: Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Mathematics (Requires Maths level 5) MAM126 Sub-Total 125-130 D.48.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 241 FIA241 20 Financial Accounting 242 FIA242 20 Management Accounting 241 MAC241 10 Auditing 241 AUD241 10 Auditing 242 AUD242 10 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Taxation 242 TAX242 10 Business Ethics 242 BET242 10 Financial Management 242 FIM242 10 Sub-total 120 D.48.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Financial Accounting 341 FIA341 30 Financial Accounting 342 FIA342 30 Management Accounting 341 MAC341 15 Auditing 341 AUD341 15 Taxation 343 TAX343 30 Financial Management 342 FIM342 15 Sub-total 135 TOTAL 380-385 D.49 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.50 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.50.1 Level 1 D.50.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 40 credits in the 1st year of registration and

90 credits per annum thereafter. D.50.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for

Commerce (ALC131/132), or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Mathematics (MAM126) and and Financial Accounting (FIA141/143). D.50.1.3 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

47

D.50.1.4 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in

order to promote. D.50.2 Level 2 D.50.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. D.50.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules

in order to promote. D.50.3 Level 3 D.51.3.1 A student shall complete the degree once 380-385 credits are obtained and all the

requirements for the degree are met. D.50.3.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the

date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.50.3.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when


register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.


register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.52 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.53 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.53.1 Students who have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142 would have

the option to attend the Financial Accounting 132 summer school and, on obtaining a mark of 55% or more for the assessment at the conclusion of the summer school, would be able to transfer to the B Com (Accounting) programme, if all other promotion criteria are met (passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment).

48

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) DEGREE - (BCom Acc) (1021) (3 years-full time) This degree, combined with the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting (PGDA) is accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for the Initial Test of Competence (ITC). D.54 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting) D.54.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects


• Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language). • Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language) • Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics • Level 5 (60-69%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 5)

D.54.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum

of a C-Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:

• HG (50%) Mathematics or • SG (70%) Mathematics and • HG (50%) Accounting or • SG (70%) Accounting

OR

• HG (60%) Mathematics or • SG (80%) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject)


to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.55 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.56 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study.

49

D.57 CURRICULUM D.57.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 131 FIA131 15 Financial Accounting 132 FIA132 15 Economics 134 ECO134 15 Mathematics 126 MAM126 10 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Principles of Management 131 MAN131 15 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Information Systems 131 IFS131 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC131 15 Sub-total 130 D.57.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 214 FIA214 20 Financial Accounting 225 FIA225 20 Management Accounting 234 MAC234 10 Auditing 236 AUD236 10 Accounting Information Applications ACC239 15 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Taxation 228 TAX228 10 Business Ethics 211 BET211 10 Corporate and Financial Management 221 CFM221 10 Sub-total 125 D.57.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Managerial Accounting and Finance MAF334 30 Financial Accounting 324 FIA324 60 Auditing 322 AUD322 30 Taxation 327 TAX327 30 Sub-total 150 TOTAL 405 D.58 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.59 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.59.1 After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits, with a final mark

of 55% or more for Financial Accounting (FIA132). D.59.2 In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 90 NQF credits,

50

D.59.3 Provided that after four years of enrolment the student has completed the degree; D.59.4 Provided that after the second year of registration the student has passed all required

1st level modules. D.59.5 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of

first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.59.6 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when

further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.59.7 Students who do not meet the requirement as outlined in D.105.1 above, will be

promoted to the BCom (Financial Accounting) degree (2nd enrolment), provided they passed at least 60 credits including a final mark of between 50% and 54% for Financial Accounting (FIA132).

D.60 ADVANCE REGISTRATION There are no advance registration rules for this programme D.61 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.62 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.62.1 To qualify for entry into the BCom (Accounting) degree, a first year BCom student shall

have passed at least 105 credits in the their first year of enrolment, with a final mark of 55% or more in Financial Accounting 132 or its equivalent.

D.62.2 The following will be recognised as an internal equivalent: Obtaining a mark of 55% or

more for the assessment at the conclusion of a summer school. In order to qualify to attend the summer school, a student must have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142.

D.62.3 A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if

he/she failed to pass after two attempts:

• Financial Accounting 131, 132 (55%) (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt)

• Financial Accounting 214, 225 • Financial Accounting 324 • Management Accounting 234 • Corporate and Financial Management 221 • Managerial Accounting and Finance 334 • Auditing 236 • Auditing 322 • Accounting Information Applications 239 • Business Ethics 211 • Taxation 228 • Taxation 327 • Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

51

D.62.4 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 131 has the choice to attend either: (a) the Financial Accounting 131 Winter School in order to continue with Financial

Accounting 132 (to continue with B. Com (Accounting); OR (b) the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial

Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com (Financial Accounting) D.62.5 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 30%-39% for

Financial Accounting 131 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com Financial Accounting.

D.62.6 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 50%-54% for

Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 132 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 214 (and continue with B.Com Accounting)

D.62.7 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40-49% for Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 142 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 241 (and transition to BCom Financial Accounting) D.62.8 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 214 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 241 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 242 (and transition to B.Com Financial Accounting) D.62.9 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 225 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 242 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 341 (and transition to B. Com Financial Accounting)

52

BACHELORS IN COMMERCE (Accounting) (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) (1753) ((4 yrs-f/time) This degree, combined with the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting (PGDA) is accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for the Initial Test of Competence (ITC). D.63 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Accounting) extended curriculum D.63.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated


• Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1st additional language). • Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language) • Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics • Level 4 (50-59%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 4)

D.63.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a

minimum of a D-Aggregate in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:

• HG (D – Symbol) Mathematics or • SG (C – Symbol) Mathematics and • HG (D – Symbol) Accounting or • SG (C – Symbol) Accounting

OR

• HG (C _symbol) Mathematics or • SG (B – Symbol) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation

subject)


deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.64 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.65 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time study.

53

D.66 CURRICULUM D.66.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Business 131 ALB131 15 Quantitative Skills Accounting 131 QSA131 15 Introduction to SA Accounting 131 ACC131 15 Introduction to SA Accounting 132 ACC132 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 132 ALC132 15 Principles of Business Management 131 MAN131 15 Introduction to Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Sub-total 120 D.66.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Analytical and Critical Thinking 1 ACF231 15 Quantitative Analysis for Commerce QAC231 15 Intensive reading and Writing IRF231 15 Financial Accounting 131 FIA131 15 Financial Accounting 132 FIA132 15 Economics 134 ECO134 15 Mathematics 126 MAM126 15 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Sub-total 120 D.66.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 214 FIA214 20 Financial Accounting 225 FIA225 20 Accounting Information Applications 239 ACC239 15 Auditing 236 AUD236 10 Business Ethics 211 BET211 10 Management Accounting 234 MAC234 10 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Taxation 228 TAX228 10 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Corporate and Financial Management 221 CFM221 10 Sub-total 125 D.66.4 Level 4 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Managerial Accounting and Finance 334 MAF334 30 Auditing 322 AUD322 30 Taxation 327 TAX327 30 Financial Accounting 324 FIA324 60 Sub-total 150 TOTAL 515

54

D.67 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.68 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.68.1 After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 90 credits (30 of which must be

degree credits), including Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131), Quantitative Skills for Accounting (QSA131 or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) for repeats and Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC 131 or ACC130). A student that does not pass ACC132 must register for FIA141 and FIA142, obtain a final mark of at least 60% in FIA142 and attend the summer school. If the student passes the assessments of the Summer School with a mark of at least 55% or more, the student;

• Will be allowed to continue with the 4 year (Accounting) extended curriculum • Will receive 15 credits for ACC132 • Will have FIA141 and FIA142 converted to FIA131 and FIA132.

D.68.2 A student who passed at least 75 credits in the 1st year of enrolment but does not

meet the requirements of D.114.1 will be transferred to BCom extended curriculum 2nd enrolment.

D.68.3 After the second year of enrolment passed 180 credits in total (90 of which must be

degree credits) including all 1st year level modules and Financial Accounting 131 (or equivalent) and Financial Accounting 132 with at least a final mark of 55%.

D.68.4 A student who passes at least 180 credits after two years of enrolment but has not met

the requirements of D.114.3 will be transferred to the BCom extended curriculum 3rd enrolment.

D.68.5 In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits, D.68.6 Provided that after five years of enrolment the student has completed the degree; D.68.7 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of

first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.68.8 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when

further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.69 ADVANCE REGISTRATION A student who had not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 90 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided that all prerequisites and co-requisites are met. The student would be permitted to register for 2nd year modules for the remaining credits.


The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 unless otherwise provided in faculty rules.

55

D.71 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.71.1 A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she failed to pass after two attempts:

• Financial Accounting 131, 132 (with at least a final mark of 55%) (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt)

• Financial Accounting 214, 225 • Financial Accounting 324 • Management Accounting 234 • Corporate and Financial Management 221 • Managerial Accounting and Finance 334 • Auditing 236 • Auditing 322 • Accounting Information Applications 239 • Business Ethics 211 • Taxation 228 • Taxation 327 • Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

D.71.2 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 131 has the choice to attend either: (a) the Financial Accounting 131 Winter School in order to continue with Financial

Accounting 132 (to continue with B. Com (Accounting ECP); OR

(b) the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com ECP)


Financial Accounting 131 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com ECP


Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 132 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 214 (and continue with B.Com Accounting ECP)

D.71.5 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40-49% for

Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 142 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 241 (and transition to BCom ECP)


Financial Accounting 214 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 241 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 242 (and transition to B.Com ECP)

D.71.7 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 225 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 242 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 341 (and transition to B.Com ECP)

56

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (LAW) DEGREE (1221) - (3 years-full time) D.72 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Law) D.72.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated




minimum of a C-Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:

• HG (40%) Mathematics or • SG (60%) Mathematics


deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.73 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.74 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full-time study. D.75 CURRICULUM D.75.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131/132 ALC131/132 15 Economics 133/134 ECO133/134 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Introduction to Legal Studies 111 ILS111 15 Introduction to Legal Studies 121 ILS121 10 Law of Persons 112 LOP112 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131/132 QSC131/132 15 Financial Accounting 141/143 FIA141/143 15

57

Group 2 (select 1 module) Principles of Business Management 131/132 MAN131/132 15 Industrial Psychology 131/132 IPS131/132 15 Information Systems 131/132 IFS131/132 15 Sub-total 130 D.75.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Constitutional Law 202 CON202 20 Critical Legal Analysis 201 CRI201 10 Family Law 121 FAM121 15 Legal Systems 111 LEG111 10 Legal Interpretation 221 LEG221 10 Law of Things 211 THI211 20 Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Career Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Psychometrics 232 IPS232 10 Human Resource Management 233 IPS233 10 Labour Relations 234 IPS234 10 Group 2 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Group 3 Compulsory MicroEconomics A ECO241 10 MicroEconomics B ECO231 10 MacroEconomics ECO232 10 Group 3.1 (Select 1 module) Public Sector Economics 234 ECO234 10 Econometrics 242 (required for entry in ECO Honours) ECO242 10 Group 4 Business Analysis IFS231 20 Service Delivery Management IFS233 20 Sub-total 125 D.75.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Law of Contract 301 CNT301 20 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Law of Insolvency 311 INS311 10 Labour Law 321 LAB321 15 Law of Negotiable Instruments 321 NEG321 10 Electives (select 1 group) Group 1.1 Microeconomics 331 ECO331 15 Macroeconomics 332 ECO332 15 Electives (select 1 sub-group) Group 1.2 (Select 2 modules) Econometrics 311 (required for admission to honours) ECO311 15 International Trade Economics 335 ECO335 15

58

Public Sector Economics 334 ECO334 15 Development Economics 336 ECO336 15 Sub-Group 1.3 (Select 2 groups) Labour Economics 333 (Not offered in 2016) ECO333 15 Public Sector Economics 334 ECO334 15 Development Economics 336 ECO336 15 Group2 Organizational Behaviour 331 IPS331 15 Research Methodology 333 IPS333 15 Training Management 337 IPS337 15 Consumer Behaviour 335 IPS335 15 Group 3 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Group 3.1 (Select 1 Sub-Group) Services Marketing 303 MAN303 15 Retail Management 306 MAN306 15 Group 3.2 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 3.3 Financial and Analytical Techniques 305 MAN305 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Group 3.4 Short Term Insurance IST309 15 Long Term Insurance IST310 15 Group 4 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Investment Management MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 5 Information Systems Strategy 361 IFS361 30 Applied Object-oriented Principles 362 IFS362 30 Sub-total 125 TOTAL 380 D.76 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.77 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.77.1 Level 1 D.77.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and

90 credits per annum thereafter.

D.77.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132)

D.77.1.3 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

59

D.771.4 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in

order to promote. D.77.2 Level 2 D.77.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. D.77.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules

in order to promote. D.77.3 Level 3 D.77.3.1 A student shall complete the degree once 380 credits are obtained and all the

requirements for the degree are met. D.773.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the







The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.80 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.80.1 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135/140credits in any

year of study;

D.80.2 The total credit value may only exceed 380 with the permission of Senate; D.80.3 No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of

modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. D.80.4 Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative

Skills for Commerce (QSC131) (or Mathematics 126) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.

D.80.5 No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental

prerequisite rules.

60

D.80.6 To do Economics 133/134 a pass in QSC is required D.80.7 ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics D.80.8 If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15


61

BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS) – 1181 (4 years full-time) D.81 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Economics (Development Economics) D.81.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated




minimum of a C-Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:

• HG (40% E-Symbol) Mathematics or • SG (50% - D Symbol) Mathematics

OR

(b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has

deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.82 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.83 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time study. D.84 CURRICULUM D.84.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce 131/132 ALC131/132 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Principles of Business Management 131/132 MAN131/132 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131/132 QSC131/132 15 Public Administration 131 PUA131 15 South African Politics and Government 132 GOV132 15 Local Economic Development 111 LED111 15 Economics ECO134 15 Sub-total 120

62

D.84.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Micro Economics A ECO241 10 Micro Economics B ECO231 10 Macro Economics ECO232 10 Public Economics ECO234 10 Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business MAN201 10 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises MAN206 10 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Public Policy Analysis 212 PUA212 10 Urban and Rural Management 222 PUA222 10 Economic Profiling & Quantitative Analysis LED211 10 Tourism 211 TOU211 10 Tourism 212 TOU212 10 Sub-total 130 D.84.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Microeconomics 331 ECO331 15 Macroconomics 332 ECO332 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Local Government 312 PUA312 15 Local Economic Development LED311 15 Industrial Policy IDP311 15 Electives (select 1 module) Public Sector Economics 334 ECO334 15 Development Economics 336 ECO336 15 Sub-total 120 D.84.4 Level 4 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Microeconomics 411 ECO411 15 Macroeconomics 412 ECO412 15 Research Methods Essay RME401 15 Research Project 401 REP401 30 Electives (select 3 modules) Public Sector Economics 413 ECO413 15 Development Economics 414 ECO414 15 Public – Private Partnership or Applied Public Private Partnerships PUB421 15 Applied Project Development / Management PUB422 15 Business Retention & Expansion PUB423 15 Investment Behaviour & Promotion or Investment Promotion PUB424 15 Managing Economic Development Organisations PUB425 15 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 490

63

D.85 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.86 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.86.1 Level 1 D.86.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1st year of registration and

90 credits per annum thereafter. D.86.1.2 A student must have passed ECO134 AND LED111 at 1st year level in order to

register for Tourism at 2nd year level. D.86.1.3 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for

Commerce and Quantitative Skills for Commerce. D.86.1.4 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. D.86.1.5 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules. D.86.2 Level 2 D.86.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. D.86.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules. D.86.3 Level 3 D.86.3.1 A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330

credits. D.86.3.2 After five years of study a student must have passed all 3rd year level modules. D.86.4 Level 4 D.86.4.1 A student shall complete the degree once 485 credits are obtained and all the

requirements for the degree are met. D.86.4.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the




64

D.87.2 A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.87.3 A student who has not promoted to the 4th year of study shall not be allowed to



The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.89 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.891 No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of

modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. D.89.2 Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative

Skills for Commerce (QSC131) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.

D.89.3 If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15


65

HIGHER CERTIFICATE IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (HCED) D.90.6 ADMISSION (a) Candidates must be in the possession of a Grade 12 Certificate (Matric) or NSC (National Senior Certificate).

OR

• NQF Level 4 or equivalent • Work with a CBO, NGO, and religious or local government department. • Speak, read and write English. • Have permission and support from their organisation and/or employer in writing. • Commit themselves to all study blocks with full time residential attendance, and

complete all fieldwork assignments.

D.91 SELECTION Please contact the Fair Share office directly. D.92 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year full-time study or three years part-time study. D.93 (A) CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Training Design & Facilitation 118 FSH118 10 Training Design & Facilitation 120 FSH120 10 Communication & Info Management 121 FSH121 10 Development Economics 113 FSH113 10 Organisational Development 115 FSH115 10 Workplace Learning 117 FSH117 40 Research Project 116 FSH 116 10 Gender and Development 119 FSH119 10 Local Governance 127 FSH127 10 TOTAL 120 D.93 (B) CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Training Design & Facilitation 120 FSH120 10 Communication & Info Management 121 FSH121 10 Development Economics 122 FSH122 10 Organisational Development 123 FSH123 10 Workplace Learning 125 FSH125 40 Research Project 124 FSH 124 10 Gender and Development 126 FSH126 10 Labour Practice 101 LAB101 10 Labour Practice 132 LAB132 10 TOTAL 120

66

D.94 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.95 PROGRESS RULES D.95.1 Block Sessions Unless Senate decides otherwise, a student shall complete the programme in one year. All students attend 98 block sessions spread over the year. D.96 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4.1, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.97 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme BCom Generic Module Specialisation Table D.22 CURRICULUM D.22.1 Level 1 Module Name

Alpha Code Credits

BC

om

Econ

omic

s Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Fina

nce

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Indu

stria

l Psy

ch

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Info

Sys

Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Man

agem

ent

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Econ

omic

D

evel

opm

ent

Compulsory Group 1 (select all modules)

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131/132

ALC131/132 15 X X X X X X X

Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 X X X X X X X Financial Accounting 141/143 FIA141/143 15 X X X X X X X Information Systems 131/132 IFS131/132 15 X X X X X X X Principles of Business Management 131/132

MAN131/132 15 X X X X X X X

Economics 134/133 ECO134/133 15 X X X X X X X Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131

QSC131/132 15 E E X X X X X

Select Group 2 or 3 Group 2 (select both modules) Mathematics 127 ( Recommended to major in Economics)

MAM127 10 E X X

Financial Accounting 142 FIA142 10 E X X Group 3 (select one module) Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 E X E E Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 E E E Local Economic Development LED111 15 E E X Sub-total 120-

125 125 125 120 120 120 120

67

D.22.2 Level 2 1. Select 2 of Groups 1-6 to the value of 40 credits each and 2. Select 40 credits from a. One subject from Groups 1-6 (40 credits) or b. Two half-subjects (20 credits) from Sub- groups in

Groups 1-11.

BC

om

Econ

omic

s Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Fina

nce

Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Indu

stria

l Psy

ch

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Info

Sys

tem

s Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Man

agem

ent

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Econ

omic

D

evel

opm

ent

Module Name Select two of Groups 1-6 to the value of 40 credits each

Alpha Code

Credits

Group 1 Financial Accounting Financial Accounting 241 Financial Accounting 242

FIA241 FIA242

20 20

E E

E E

Group 2 Economics Sub-Group 2.1 Compulsory Microeconomics A Microeconomics B Macroeconomics Electives Sub-Group 2.2 (select 1 module) Econometrics (Note: required for postgraduate studies in Economics) Public Sector Economics Sub-Group 2.3 (select 2 modules) Mathematical Economics Econometrics Public Sector Economics

ECO241 ECO231 ECO232 ECO242 ECO234 ECO235 ECO242 ECO234

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

X X X

X

X

X

X X X

X

E

E

E E E

E

X X X

E

E

Group 3 Industrial Psychology Sub-Group 3.1 Career Psychology Psychometrics Sub-Group 3.2 Human Resource Management Labour Relations

IPS231 IPS232 IPS233 IPS234

10 10 10 10

X X

X X

E E

E E

Module Name 1. Select two of Groups 1-6 to

the value of 40 credits each

Alpha Code

Credits B

Com

Econ

omic

s Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Fina

nce

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Indu

stria

l Psy

ch

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Info

Sys

Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Man

agem

ent

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Econ

omic

D

evel

opm

ent

Group 4 Information Systems Sub-Group 4.1 Business Analysis Sub-Group 4.2 Service Delivery Management

IFS231 IFS233

20 20

X

X

E

E

Group 5 Management Sub-Group 5.1. Management Marketing Operations Management Sub-Group 5.2 Finance Business Finance Finance and Analytical Techniques

MAN231 MAN233 MAN234 MAN235

10 10 10 10

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X

Group 6 Statistics Sub-Group 6.1 Statistics 211 Sub-Group 6.2 Statistics 221

STA211 STA221

20 20

E

E

2. Select 40 credits from an additional Group above or from the above sub-groups or Groups 7-11 below. Group 7 Sub-Group 7.1 Info Systems Database Modelling

IFS242

20

X

68

Sub-Group 7.2 Business Info Systems

IFS244

20

X

Group 8 Employment Law Social Security Law

EMP211 SSL222

10 10

X X

E E

Module Name

Alpha Code

Credits B

Com

Econ

omic

s Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Fina

nce

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Indu

stria

l Psy

ch

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Info

Sys

Spe

cial

isat

ion

Man

agem

ent

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Econ

omic

D

evel

opm

ent

Group 9 Sub-Group 9.1 Select 2 of the following Management Accounting 241 Mercantile Law 102 Mercantile Law 221 Business Ethics 242 Sub-Group 9.2 Company Law 211 Taxation 242 Sub-group 9.3 Entrepreneurship Business Law for SMEs

MAC241 MER102 MCR221 BET242 CPL211 TAX242 MAN201 MAN237

10 15 10 10 10 10 10 10

E E E E

E E

E E

Sub-Group 10 Business Analysis(select 2 or 4 of) Quantitative Analysis Intensive Reading & Writing Analytical & Critical Thinking Intro to Research Business Ethics Entrepreneurship

BSA201 BSA202 BSA203 BSA204 BET242 MAN201

10 10 10 10 10 10

E

X E

E E

Group 11 Economic Development (select all 4) Economic Profiling and Quantitative Analysis Entrepreneurship Tourism 211 Tourism 212

LED211 MAN201 TOU211 TOU212

10 10 10 10

X X X X

Sub Total

120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120

D.22.3 Level 3 1. Select at least one of Groups 1-7 (60 credits each). 2. Select the remaining 60 credits may be made up of a. another of Groups 1-7 (60 credits) or b. two sub-groups (30 credits each) from sub-groups in Groups 1-12.

BC

om

Econ

omic

s S

peci

alis

atio

n

Fina

nce

Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Indu

stria

l Psy

ch

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Info

Sys

S

peci

alis

atio

n

Man

agem

ent

Spe

cial

isat

ion

Econ

omic

D

evel

opm

ent

Module Name Alpha Code

Credits

Group 1 Economics Sub-Group 1.1 (Compulsory to major in Economics) Micro Economics Macro Economics

ECO331 ECO332

15 15

X X

E E

X X

69

Electives (select 1 sub-group) Sub-Group 1.2 (select 2 modules) Econometrics (Note: required for admission to honours) International Trade Public Sector Economics Development Economics Sub-Group 1.3 (select 2 modules) Labour Economics (not offered in 2016) Public Sector Economics Development Economics

ECO311 ECO335 ECO334 ECO336 ECO333 ECO334 ECO336

15 15 15 15 15 15 15

X

X

E

E E

E

E

E

E X

Group 2 Financial Accounting Sub-Group 2.1 Financial Accounting 341 Sub-Group 2.2 Financial Accounting 342

FIA341 FIA342

30 30

E

Group 3 Industrial Psychology Organisational Behaviour Research Methodology Consumer Behaviour Training Management


15 15 15 15

X X X X

Module Name Alpha

Code Credits

BC

om

Econ

omic

s Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Fina

nce

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Indu

stria

l Ps

ych

Info

Sys

Sp

ecia

lisat

ion

Man

agem

ent

Spec

ialis

atio

n

Econ

omic

D

evel

opm

ent

Group 4 Information Systems Sub-Group 4.1 IS Strategy Sub-Group 4.2 Architecture & Infrastructure

IFS361 IFS362

30 30

X

X

E

Group 5 Management Compulsory Sub-Group 5.1 Research and Communication for Business Strategic Management Electives (select one sub-group) Sub-Group 5.2 (select 2 modules) Project Management Services Marketing Retail Management Sub-Group 5.3 Financial and Analytical Techniques Financial Management

MAN314 MAN304 MAN325 MAN303 MAN306 MAN305 MAN312

15 15 15 15 15 15 15

X

X

X

X

X

X

E E E

E

E

Module Name Alpha

Code Credits

BC

om

Econ

omic

s Sp

ecia

lisat

io n

Fina

nce

Spec

ialis

atio n

Indu

stria

l Ps

ych

Info

Sys

Sp

ecia

lisat

io n

Man

agem

ent

Spec

ialis

atio n

Econ

omic

D

evel

opm

ent

Group 6 Finance Sub-Group 6.1 Investments Investment Management Investment Analysis

MAN307 MAN308

15 15

E E

X X

70

Sub-Group 6.2 Financial Management Financial and Analytical Techniques Financial Management Sub-Group 6.3 Insurance Long Term Insurance Short Term Insurance

MAN305 MAN312 IST310 IST309

15 15 15 15

E

E

X

X

E E

E E

Group 7 Statistics (Select 2 modules with the assistance of Statistics HOD) Statistics 331 Statistics 332 Statistics 333

STA331 STA332 STA333

30 30 30

E E E

2. Select an additional Group above (60 credits) or two half-subjects (30 credits each) from the above sub-groups or remaining groups (Groups 8-12). Group 8 Economic Development Local Economic Development Industrial Policy

LED311 IDP311

15 15

X X

Group 9 Industrial Psychology (Select 2 of) Ergonomics Negotiation and Conflict Resolution Organisational Behaviour Consumer Behaviour


15

15 15 15

X

X

E E E

Module Name Alpha

Code Credits

BC

om

Econ

omic

s Sp

ecia

lisat

io n Fi

nanc

e Sp

ecia

lisat

io n

Indu

stria

l Ps

ych

Info

Sys

Sp

ecia

lisat

io n

Man

agem

ent

Spec

ialis

atio

Ec

onom

ic

Dev

elop

men

t

Group 10 Information Systems Emerging Trends in IS Enterprise Resource Planning

IFS351 IFS341

15 15

X X

Group 11 Management Project Management Strategic Management

MAN325 MAN304

15 15

X X

X X

Group 12 SME Management (not necessarily offered every year) Select 2 modules Retail Management SME Business Planning(not offered in 2016) SME Consulting

MAN306 MAN339 MAN302

15 15

15

E X

E

Sub-total 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 360-370

71

MODULE DESCRIPTORS Please refer to the Faculty of Law Calendar for the module descriptors pertaining to the BCom Law Degree. BCom & BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1 Generic Module Name ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1 Alpha-numeric Code ACF231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

BCom (Gen) and BCom (Acc) 4-year programme

Main Outcomes

After the end of students will be able to demonstrate: - An understanding of the requirements of a valid

argument - The ability to recognize logical fallacies in arguments

put forward by people - An understanding of methods of reasoning and analysis - The capacity to identify and to avoid poorly reasoned

arguments and conclusions - A raised awareness of why clear thinking is important

and necessary - An understanding of the relationships between theory

and practice using case study material - The ability to select and apply appropriate analytical

tools to interpret case studies - The ability to analyses case studies professionally and

report on analysis both orally and in writing - The ability to plan and work effectively with others in

teams to achieve the above outcomes Main Content

- Fundamentals of Argumentation - The Ingredients of Arguments - Fallacies and How Arguments Fail - Case Studies of fallacies - Well Structured Arguments - Become a reasoned person - Linking practical examples to Case Studies - Interpreting, critically analyzing and summarizing cases

and examples - Generalizing and theorizing - Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis

Pre-requisite modules ALC131/132 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

ACT101

72

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical’s p.w. Self-study 54 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations 10 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time: 154 Method of Student Assessment

60% - Tests, case analysis and assignments 40% - Examinations

Assessment Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2 Generic Module Name ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2 Alpha-numeric Code ACF232 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.


BCom (Gen) Extended Curriculum

Main Outcomes

After the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate: - An understanding of the basic concepts of Business

Research - A basic understanding of the research process for a

Business Research Project - The ability to identify and clarify a workable research

topic - The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant

information - The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection

methods e.g.: o Secondary literature searches o Questionnaires/Surveys o Personal interviews

- An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen business-related research topic or case study

- An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research Report

Main Content

- Introduction to Business Research - The research process and project plan - Library resources and internet for materials search - Development of research topic and questions - Conducting literature reviews - Gathering and collating information - Selecting and organizing relevant material and critically

evaluating it - Revealing knowledge of and insights into different

perspectives, sides or points of view - Preparing and presenting a business research report

and/or case study using primary and secondary sources

73

Pre-requisite modules ALC131/132 AND ACF231 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

ACT302



Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 50 Practical’s p.w. Self-study 38 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations 6 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time: 150 Method of Student Assessment

60% - Tests, case analysis and assignments 40% - Individual research assignment

Assessment Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS Generic Module Name ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS Alpha-numeric Code ALB131 (1ST SEMESTER) ALB132 (2ND SEMESTER) NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester to be offered.

ALB131 (1ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2ND SEMESTER)


BCom (Gen), BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum

Main Outcomes

ALB aims at improving students’ listening, note-taking, time management, reading, thinking and writing skills in the four-year programme. After the course students will be able to: - Take notes effectively in lectures. - Read with comprehension and understanding the

meaning of words and phrases. - Apply academic reading skills to various texts, such as

textbooks, magazines and newspapers - Apply reading and writing skills in other subjects - Plan, structure and write coherent paragraphs in written

assignments. - Be able to use the computer to organize and manage

information. Main Content

- Academic literacy skills such s note-taking, text - analysis, vocabulary development - Various reading strategies such skimming, scanning - and comprehensive reading - Plan, structure and reference written academic work - Familiarize students with digital academic literacy

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

74



Contact with lecturer/tutor: 60 Lectures p.w 8 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practical’s p.w. Self-study 64 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations 6 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time: 150 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Evaluation: Tasks, class tests and assignments 50% - Term test 10% Examination 40%

Assessment Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING Generic Module Name INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING Alpha-numeric Code IRF231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.


BCom (Gen) 4-year programme

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module student will be able to: - Read academic material comprehensively and critically. - Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts. - Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme, Reading Excellence - Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays. - Analyse and summarise written texts. - Construct effective business documents.

Main Content

- Academic reading techniques - Text book analysis - Reading journals magazines & newspapers - Computer-Assisted learning - Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading & writing - Contextualisation and integration of arguments - Business documents


Quantitative Skills for BAdmin



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w 3 Assignments & tasks: 1x3 Practical’s p.w 2. Tests & examinations: 12 Tutorials p.w. 4 Practical’s: 0 Self-study 60 Other: Please specify 4 Total Learning Time 150

75

Method of Student Assessment

Tutorial Class and Gateway Tests 26% Tasks and Assignments 3% Term Tests Final 20% Semester Test 50% Attendance 1%

Assessment Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic Introduction to South African Accounting 1 Generic Module Name Introduction to South African Accounting 1 Alpha-numeric Code ACC130 (BCom ECP) /

ACC131 (BCom Accounting. ECP) NQF Level 5 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

ACC131 – First Semester ACC130 – Second Semester


BCom (ECP) - ACC130 and BCom (Accounting. ECP) – ACC131

Year Level Level 1 Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Record business transactions in the appropriate record

with generally accepted accounting principles up to trial balance.

Main Content

• Accounting as an information system • Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping to trial

balance • Subsidiary journals and ledgers • Accounting for Value Added Tax • Periodic and perpetual inventory systems

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules QLC141 or QSF131 Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer/tutor: 65 Lectures p.w 3 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical’s p.w. 0 Assessment 34 Tutorials p.w. 2 Tests & examinations 9 Selfstudy 46 Total Learning Time: 150 Method of Student Assessment

Tests and tutorials: 50% final mark Examination: 50% final mark

Assessment Module type CFA Home Department ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic Introduction to South African Accounting 2 Generic module name Introduction to South African Accounting 2 Numeric code ACC132 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING) Alpha-numeric code ACC132 Credit Value 15

76

Duration Semester Proposed semester/term programmes in which the module is offered

BCom (Acc) 4-year programme

Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to

demonstrate the ability to: • Prepare the financial statement of a sole trader based on

accrual accounting • Do an elementary analysis and interpretation of the

financial statements of a sole trader Main Content • Accounting as an information system

• Periodic measurement of income • Preparation of the income statement and the balance

sheet for a sole trader • Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial

statements of a sole trader Pre-requisites ACC130/131 Co-requisites ACC130/131 Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of learning time

Hours Time-table requirements per week.

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 42 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 43 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Tests and tutorials: 40% final mark Examination: 60% final mark

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Academic Development Module Topic Case Study Analysis Generic Module Name Case Study Analysis Alpha-numeric Code CSA211 NQF Level 5 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Second Semester


BCom ECP

Year level Level 2 Main Outcomes The module aims to develop and strengthen students’

academic literacy and business analysis skills through application to the study of business cases. At the end of the module students should be able to : • Identify and define the issues in the case • Demonstrate familiarity with key case analysis tools • Analyse case data using the business analysis tools

learnt in the module • Generate alternatives to address the issues identified in

the case • Select appropriate decision criteria

77

• Identify alternative solutions to the issues identified • Analyse, evaluate and select the preferred alternative

providing a supporting rationale • Develop an action plan that can be implemented.

Main Content • The Short Cycle Reading Process • The Long Cycle Reading Process • Reading case studies from an analytical perspective • Identifying and defining the issue/s in the case • Business analysis tools - SWOT Analysis, Porters Five

Forces, Steep Analysis and generic Business strategies • Case analysis using analytical and financial tools • Generating alternatives in the case • Evaluate alternatives for the case • Selection of the preferred alternative and providing

supporting arguments for recommendations • Drafting an implementable action plan


None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 52 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 24 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 65 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

CA = 60% Exam = 40%

Assessment Module type CFA Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT/SCHOOL OF BUSINESS &

FINANCE/ECONOMICS Module Topic Introduction to the Economy and Business Generic module name Introduction to the Economy and Business Numeric Code IEB133 (For EMS students only)

IEB131 (for non-EMS students) IEB134(For repeat students only)

Alpha-numeric code IEB131 ,IEB133, IEB134 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester/term Module Type Programme – BCom.4-year programme, B.A., B.Ed, Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

• Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their application in the South African economy

• Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government in the economy.

• Describe and evaluate South Africa’s recent economic performance.

• Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial success in the SA economy

78

• Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and apply them to real world settings.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small businesses operate.

• Develop a business plan for a small business. Main Content • Introduction to Economics and basic economic

principles • Overview of the South African economy • Perfect and imperfect competition • Production and costs • Role of entrepreneurship • The environment in which small business operates • Establishing a small business. • Principles underlying the main functional areas. • Compilation of the Business Plan

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week.

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 8 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 56 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester Tests (60%); Examination 40%

Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE Numeric code QAC231 Alpha-numeric Code QAC231 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom and BCom (ACC) 4-year programme

Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student should be able to

demonstrate the ability to: - Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial

ratios from financial statements. - Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR) - Understand and work with Index Numbers - Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and

elasticity - Calculate statistical measures of dispersion - Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation

to economic and financial situations - Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems - Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function

and perform simple differentiation.

79

Main Content - Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry norms, etc

- Time value of money - Capital budgeting - Index numbers - Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and

elasticities - Measures of central tendency and dispersion - Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation - Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems - Introduction to differential calculus.

Pre-requisites QSA131 OR QSC131/132 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Project 20 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 65 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type, e.g. CAF

Final Examination = 50% Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50%

Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING Numeric code QSA131 Alpha- numeric Code QSA131 Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom (ACC) 4-year programme

Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student should be able to

demonstrate an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: - Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion - Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis - Time Value of Money - Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand. - Exponential and logarithmic curves - Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode

Main Content - Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations - Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis - Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities - Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance & Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand. - Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to Finance & Economics - Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency

80



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 18 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assignments & Tasks 6 Selfstudy 56 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Final Examination = 50% Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50%

Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION Alpha-numeric code QSF131 Module numeric Code QSF131 Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom 4-year programme,

Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student should be able to:

- demonstrate an understanding of the core (basic) mathematical skills for business

- know the difference between mathematical and business-related terms

- use mathematical notations, formulae and terminology effectively to solve business-related problems

- demonstrate an understanding of thenumber systems - demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real

numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers. - apply basic operations (+, -, × and ÷ ) to Real Numbers.

i.e. Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages - solve problems in abstract and real-life situations based

on Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages. - demonstrate an understanding and the use of Ratios to

describe relationship between two or more quantities and solve business problems

- demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and Inverse proportions

- construct Linear Graphs using the table method and show how this relates to the solution of linear equations.

- demonstrate an understanding of, and work with, basic Algebra, including polynomials of the first degree and basic operations applied to algebraic expressions.

- find Products and Factors of algebraic expressions, and solve problems in these related to Commercial Mathematics.

- have developed effective basic calculator skills to solve business related problems more efficiently

Main Content - Mathematical Thinking Skills - Problem Solving Skills

81

- Number Systems - Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational - Numbers - Basic Operations - Calculator Skills - Fractions and Decimal Fractions - Percentages - Ratio and Proportion - Basic Algebra: First degree polynomials; - Basic Operations - Products and factors - Equations and Inequalities - Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and - Quadratic - Powers, Indices and Roots - Measurement, Shape and Space

Pre-requisites QLC141/142 Co-requisites QLC141/142 Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 16 Practicals p.w. Assignments & Tasks 4 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and Assignments, Term tests (50%) Examination (50%)

Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141) Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141) Alpha-numeric Code QLC141 Numeric Code QLC141 Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the module will be offered

BCOM 4-YEAR PROGRAMME, BADMIN

Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student should be able to:

• demonstrate an understanding of the number systems • demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real

numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers. • Solve basic arithmetic problems • apply basic operations (+, -, × and ÷ ) to Real Numbers.

i.e. Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages • simplify algebraic expressions. • solve basic algebraic equations including simultaneous

equations • demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct

and Inverse proportions • draw Linear Graphs using the table and algebraic

method

82

• draw Parabolic Graphs using the table and algebraic method

Main Content • Mathematical Thinking Skills • Problem Solving Skills • Number Systems • Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational Numbers • Basic Mathematical Operations • Calculator Skills • Fractions and Decimal Fractions • Percentages • Basic Algebra: variables, expressions and equations • Products and factors • Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and Quadratic • Linear and Quadratic equations

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 4 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments: tests and exams

16

Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)

CAF: Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and assignments, Term Tests (50%) Examination (50%)

Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE Alpha-numeric code QSC131/132 Module numeric Code QSC131/132 Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom , BCom (ACC) 4-year programme, BCom, BCom Law

Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student should be able to :

demonstrate and understand the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: • ratio, rates and simple proportion • discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis • time value of money • straight-line and parabolic graphs with particular

reference to revenue/cost/profit supply/demand • exponential and logarithmic curves • drawing and interpreting statistical charts and calculating

mean, median, mode

83

Main Content • Ratio and proportions, rates, approximations • Pricing a product, profits, breakeven analysis • Simple interest, compound interest, annuities • Straight line graphs and parabolas with link to finance

and economics e.g. supply/demand • Exponential and logarithmic equations and graphs with

link to finance and economics • Descriptive statistics and measures of central tendency.

Pre-requisites QSF131/132 OR QLC (70%) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations QLC141/142 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 12 Practicals p.w. Assignments & Tasks 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 62 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Examination 50% Tests, assignments and tasks 50%

Faculty EMS Home Department Academic Development/SBF/Accounting Module Topic QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE Alpha-numeric Code QSF141 Credit Value 10 Duration 1 semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1


B.Com.(Finance), B.Com.(Financial Accounting), B.Com.(Economics)

Level 5 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student should be able to

demonstrate an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: - Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion - Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis - Time Value of Money - Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular

reference to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand. - Exponential and logarithmic curves - Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating

mean, median, mode Main Content - Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations

- Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis - Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities - Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance

& Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand. - Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link

to Finance & Economics - Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency

Pre-requisite modules NSC MATHEMATICS LEVEL 4 (not Mathematics Literacy)

84

Co-requisite modules ECO142 and FIA141 Prohibited module Combination

QSC131/132, QSA131/132 , MAM126




Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50% Final Examination = 50%

Assessment Module type CAF Business Analysis Business Analysis is offered at the 2nd year level only to BCom students. The subject comprises of four modules: BSA 201 Quantitiative Business Analysis BSA202 Business Communication BSA 203 Analytical & Critical Thinking BSA 204 Introductory Business Research (This module may only be taken by students with 65% for ALC) Dept to clarify Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Module Topic QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 201 Numeric code BSA201 Alpha-numeric Code BSA201 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the module will be offered

BCom

Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of the module a student should be able to

demonstrate the ability to: • Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial

ratios from financial statements • Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR) • Understand and work with Index Numbers • Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and

elasticity • Calculate statistical measures of dispersion • Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its

relation to economic and financial situations • Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems • Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function

and perform simple differentiation Main Content • Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make

comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry norms etc

85

• Time value of money • Capital budgeting • Index numbers • Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and

elasticities • Measures of central tendency and dispersion • Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation • Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems • Introduction to differential calculus

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Project 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 24 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Tests, assignments and tasks 50% Examination 50%

Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202 Numeric Code BSA202 Alpha-numeric Code BSA202 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the module will be offered

BCom

Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated

the ability to: • Read Business and Academics material

comprehensively and critically • Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of

texts • Assess their progress on the on-line reading

programme, Reading Excellence • Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic

essays • Analyse and summarize written commercial texts • Construct effective business documents

Main Content • Academic reading techniques • Text book analysis • Reading business journals, magazines and newspapers • Computer-Assisted learning • Establishing the relationship between thinking, and

reading and Writing • Contextualization and integration of arguments • Business documents

86


ACF232



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Project 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 20 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments

Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203 Numeric code BSA203 Alpha-numeric Code BSA203 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the module will be offered

BCom

Level 6 Main Outcomes On completion of the module students will be able to

demonstrate (a) an understanding of:

• The requirements of valid arguments and methods of reasoning and analysis • The relationships between theory and practice using case study materials

(b) the ability to • Recognize logical fallacies in arguments and to avoid

poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions • Select and apply appropriate analytical tools to

interpret case studies • Analyse case studies professionally and report these

results orally and in writing • Plan and work in teams to achieve these outcomes

Main Content • The ingredients of arguments • Fallacies and How arguments fail • Case studies of fallacies • Well structured arguments • Becoming a reasoning person Linking practical examples to case studies • Interpreting, summarizing and critically analyzing cases • Generalising and theorizing • Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis


ACF231

87



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Project 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment


Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204 Alpha-numeric Code BSA204 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the module will be offered

BCom

Level 6 Main Outcomes After the course students will be able to demonstrate:

An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research

A basic understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project

The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic

The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant information

The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection methods

An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen business-related research topic or case study

An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research Report

Main Content • Introduction to Business Research • The research process and project plan • Library resources and internet for materials search • Development of research topic and questions • Conducting literature reviews • Gathering and collating information • Selecting and recognize relevant material and critically evaluating it • Revealing knowledge of and insights into different perspectives, sides or points of view • Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or case study using primary and secondary sources

Pre-requisite modules BSA203



ACF231

88



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Project 30 Practicals p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 24 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Topic e.g. CAF


Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Academic Development Module Topic Case Study Analysis Generic Module Name Case Study Analysis Alpha-numeric Code BSA205 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Second Semester


BCom

Year level Level 2 Main Outcomes The module aims to develop and strengthen students’

academic literacy and business analysis skills through application to the study of business cases. At the end of the module students should be able to : • Identify and define the issues in the case • Demonstrate familiarity with key case analysis tools • Analyse case data using the business analysis tools

learnt in the module • Generate alternatives to address the issues identified in

the case • Select appropriate decision criteria • Identify alternative solutions to the issues identified • Analyse, evaluate and select the preferred alternative

providing a supporting rationale • Develop an action plan that can be implemented.

Main Content • The Short Cycle Reading Process • The Long Cycle Reading Process • Reading case studies from an analytical perspective • Identifying and defining the issue/s in the case • Business analysis tools - SWOT Analysis, Porters Five

Forces, Steep Analysis and generic Business strategies • Case analysis using analytical and financial tools • Generating alternatives in the case • Evaluate alternatives for the case • Selection of the preferred alternative and providing

supporting arguments for recommendations • Drafting an implementable action plan

89


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 25 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment

CA=60% Exam=40%

Assessment Module type CFA Module Descriptors BCom 3-Year Programme: Academic Literacy for Commerce Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Module Topic ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132 Generic Module Name ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132 Numeric code ALC131(Full time and part-time)

ALC132 (Full time repeat module only) Alpgha-numeric Code ALC131 /ALC132 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester/term Duration SEMESTER Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom , BCom Accounting, BCom Law, BAdmin, BCom , BCom (ACC) 4-year programme

Level 5 Main Outcomes ALC 131/132 aims at improving first-year students’ academic

literacy skills, and the use of productivity software. After the course students will be able to: • Demonstrate the use of various listening and note-taking

strategies. • Demonstrate an understanding of group dynamics. • Demonstrate an understanding of analytical and critical

thinking • Apply critical and analytical reading skills in various

contexts, e.g. text books & articles in journals, newspapers, magazines.

• Write well constructed- written assignments and academic essays.

Use references and quotations in a coherent and appropriate manner. • Summarise main and supporting ideas in written texts. • Write well-constructed reports and proposals. • Effectively utilize IT-based productivity tools to organize

and manage information. Main Content • Listening and note-taking skills

• Group dynamics skills

90

• Critical thinking skills • Reading skills • Writing skills • Referencing skills • Digital information literacy skills

Pre-requisites ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only Co-requisites ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals p.w. Assignments & Tasks 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 DAL 14 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Continuous evaluation: 60% - tests, tutorials and major assignments 40% - examinations

Department of Accounting Accounting for Management ACM231 and ACM233 will be offered for the last time in 2013 Second Year Faculty EMS Home Department Department of Accounting Module Topic Accounting information applications Generic Module Name Accounting Information Applications 239 Alpha-numeric Code ACC239 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Year


BCom (Accounting) BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum

Year level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of the need for access to information

• Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use information as a business tool.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of a business process mode.

• Use process models to document business activities • Critically appraise a business process model • Enhance financial reporting using IT tools • Use spreadsheets to analyses business data • Use accounting software packages to process accounting

information • Be familiar with the controls in an accounting information

package available for implementation by management for internal control purposes.

91

• Be familiar with certain functions in MS Excel to be able to utilise it for integration with other subject areas

Main Content • The role of information within business • Business processes and enterprise software • Process using computerized accounting packages • Using Internet tools in an accounting context • Selected themes as determined by the Department of

Accounting Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer /tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 1 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 26 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Tests and tutorials: 60% Examination: 40%

Subject area: Financial Accounting B. Com (Accounting) Level 1 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 131 Alpha-numeric code FIA131 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First

Programmes in which the module is offered.

B Com(Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum

Level 5 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module the learner should be able to

prepare: - the financial statements of a sole trader - various control accounts and their reconciliation (ie.

Debtors, creditors, bank) Main Content • Accounting as information system

• Introduction to GAAP and the IFRS Framework • Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping • Subsidiary journals • Control accounts and reconciliation • Revenue recognition and profit determination

92

• Inventory • Property, plant and equipment • Financial statement preparation

Pre-requisites B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum: ACC132 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations ACM131 or ACM132 or FIA141 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w.3 Assignments & tasks: 5 Practicals p.w 0. Assessment 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60%

Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 132 Alpha-numeric code FIA132 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


B Com (Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum

Level 5 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module the learner should be able to

prepare: • the financial statements of various forms of business

entities. • an analysis of accrual financial statements

Main Content • Non- current assets

• Accounting for various forms of business entities • Companies • Non –profit organisations etc. • Statement of cash flows • Reading and analysis of financial statements.

Pre-requisites FIA131

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations FIA142



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 5 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 9 Tutorials p.w. 1

93

Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Assessment Module type CFA Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting 214 Generic module name Financial Accounting 214 Alpha-numeric code FIA214 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First


B.Com(Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum

Level 6 Year Level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module the learner should be able to:

Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP.

Main Content Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations.

Pre-requisites FIA 131 and a final mark of 55% for FIA132 or equivalent. Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations FIA241 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 13 Selfstudy 107 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests and Tutorials : 40%

Examination : 60%

Assessment Module type CFA

94

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 225 Alpha-numeric code FIA225 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


B.Com(Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum

Level 6 Year Level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module the learner should be able to:

Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) , and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP.


Pre-requisites FIA214 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations FIA242 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 125 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark

Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 324 Alpha-numeric code FIA324 Credit Value 60 Duration Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Year course


B.Com(Acc) and B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum

Level 7 Year Level 3

95

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, the learner should be able to: Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP.


Pre-requisites FIA225 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations FIA341 and FIA342 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 168 Lectures p.w. 5 Assignments & tasks: 25 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 18 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 389 Total Learning Time 600 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark (Two three hour examination papers)

Assessment Module type CFA Subject area: Financial Accounting B. Com (Financial Accounting) Level 1 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 141/143 Alpha-numeric Code FIA141/FIA143 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

FIA141 First semester FIA 143 Second semester


BCom, BCom(P/T), BCom ECP, BCom (ACC) ECP BCom (Law), BAdmin

Level 5 Year Level Level 1 & 2 (ECP) Main Outcomes Students should be able to:

• Define and apply the accounting concepts relating to the elements of the accounting equation.

• Record transactions using the double entry system. • Distinguish between cash and accrual accounting. • Apply accrual accounting and other adjustments to the

pre-adjustment trial balance. • Distinguish between two methods of recording inventory

and be able to apply both. • Prepare various control accounts and their reconciliation.

96

• Prepare the financial statements of a service and trading business.

• Analyse and do a basic interpretation of the financial statements of a sole proprietor.

Main Content • Accounting as information system • Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping • Accounting for Value Added Tax. • Operation of cash controls • Bank reconciliation procedures • Preparation of the financial statements (excluding

statement of cash flows) of a sole trader • Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial

statements of a sole trader Pre-requisite modules BAdmin – QLC141/142

BCom, BCom(Financial Acc), BCom(Law), BCom(P/T) – None BCom (ACC) ECP, BCom ECP – ACC130/131 and QLC141/142

Co-requisite modules QSF132; QSC131 ; QSC132; QSC131; QSA131 OR MAM126


FIA131





Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 142 Alpha-numeric Code FIA142 / FIA144 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First Semester – FIA144 Second Semester – FIA142


University

NQF Level 5 Year Level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

• Apply the conceptual framework to the preparation of financial statements of different entities

• Prepare the statement of cash flows on either the direct or indirect method

• Apply the statement of cash flows in the analysis of performance and financial position of an entity

97

• Analyse and interpret financial statements Main Content • Record transactions manually in subsidiary journals and

ledgers and do relevant controls • Recognition, measurement and classification of elements

of the financial statements • Financial Statements(Including statement of cash flows)

of different entities: o Close Corporations o Companies o Non Profit Organisations

• Analysis and Interpretation of financial statements Pre-requisite modules FIA141 or passed the special assessment after completion of

the FIA141 Winter School and QSF141 or Qsc131 or equivalent and ALC131

Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

FIA132




Tests and, tutorials: 50%of Final mark Examination:50% of Final mark


Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 241 Alpha-numeric Code FIA241 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First


B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com

Level 6 Year Level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

• Prepare and present company annual financial statements including disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements

• Manually and by means of an accounting software package calculate financial ratios

• Analyse and interpret financial statements Main Content • Conceptual Framework and preparation and presentation

of financial statements.

98

• Basic income tax calculations and deferred tax principles

• Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS):

• Revenue • Inventory • Property, plant & equipment • Intangible assets • Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets • Utilising accounting software in order to calculate

financial ratios of a company • Analysis and interpretation of financial statements • Capita selecta as determined by the Department of

Accounting. Pre-requisite modules FIA 141 and FIA 142 or

FIA 131 and FIA 132 l Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

FIA214



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0.5 Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 115 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

50% Tests, practicals & assignments 50% Exam

Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 242 Alpha-numeric Code FIA242 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second semester




• Prepare and present company annual financial statements including the disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements

• Calculate the effect on financial statements as result of management decisions relating to changes in accounting policies, estimates and the effect of fundamental errors

• Prepare basic business combinations

99

• Undertake financial analysis and interpretation of financial statements and report thereon

• Assess business and financial risk Main Content • Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent

measurement and disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS):

• Net profit, prior period errors and changes in accounting policy

• Events after reporting period • Earnings per share • Statement of cash flows • Financial structure and financial instruments • Financial analysis and decision making • Basic business combinations • Borrowing costs • Interpretation of financial analysis of a company including

the identification of any financial and business risk and reporting thereon

• Use the report writer of an accounting package to prepare reports to management on the financial performance and financial position of a company

• Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting.

Pre-requisite modules FIA 241 or FIA 214 or passed the special assessment after completion of the FIA241 Winter School


FIA225



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. 0.5 Practicals: 14 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 81 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

50% Tests, practicals & assigments 50% Exam

Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 341 Alpha-numeric Code FIA341 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1


B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com

Level 7

100

Year Level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

Prepare and present financial statements for companies in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); and/or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) for SMEs.

Main Content This module will cover the following specific topics: The Conceptual Framework; Preparation and presentation Financial Statements, including the statement of cash flows and notes to the financial statements; A selection of standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS),and/or International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) for SME’s, including but not limited to the following: Financial instruments: Disclosures; Taxation; Leases; Property, plant and equipment; Investment property; Intangible assets; Provisions, contingent assets and liabilities Borrowing costs; Earnings per share (separate companies); Events after the reporting period. Write reports on financial and business risk as well as on financial performance and financial position.

Pre-requisite modules FIA241 and FIA242 or FIA214 and FIA225


FIA324




Tests, tutorials and practicals: 50% of final mark Examination: 50% of final mark

Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 342 Alpha-numeric Code FIA342 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2


B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com

101


Prepare and present separate and consolidated financial statements for companies in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); and/or International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) for SME’s.

Main Content This module will cover the following specific topics: • Preparation and presentation of Group Financial

Statements, including the group statement of cash flows and notes to the group financial statements;

• A selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and/or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) for SME’s, including but not limited to the following:

• Taxation and deferred tax; • Foreign entities and the effects of changes in foreign

exchange rates • Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued

operations • Related party disclosure • Earnings per share (group companies); • Capita selecta as determined by the Department of

Accounting Pre-requisite modules FIA341 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

FIA324




Tests, tutorials and practicals: 50% of final mark Examination: 50% of final mark


102

Subject area: Auditing B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 Module Topic Auditing Alpha-numeric Code AUD236 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered

2

Programmes in which the Module is Offered

B Com (Accounting) and B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum

Level 6 Year Level 2 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:

• Explain the functions and responsibilities of an external auditor.

• Explain the importance of ethical behaviour by professional accountants, and apply SAICA’s Code of Professional Conduct to scenario-type questions.

• Apply the Auditing Profession Act, specifically sections 45 and 46, to scenario-type questions.

• Explain the flow of the external audit process. • Explain concepts and principles important to the external

audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment. • Perform a basic risk assessment. • Calculate materiality, with motivation. • Explain control techniques. • Design basic internal control systems, identify

weaknesses in a control system and recommend improvement to address such weaknesses.

• Draft tests of controls. • Explain the different types of reports that an external

auditor can issue. Main Content • An introduction to external auditing

• SAICA’s Code of Professional Conduct • The Auditing Profession Act • The audit process • Materiality determination • Risk assessment • Internal control techniques • Audit testing techniques • The application of control techniques to two cycles • The application of audit testing techniques to two cycles

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations AUD241 and AUD242 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirements per Week

Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Lectures 2 Assignments and Tasks 7 Practicals 0 Assessments 15 Tutorials 1

103

Practicals 0 Self-study 36 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Coursework: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark

Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Business Ethics Generic Module Name Business Ethics 211 Alpha-numeric Code BET211 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered

1

Programmes in which the Module is Offered



• Explain the core elements of some important value systems, including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity, and Islam.

• Explain the core aspects of the following theories of ethics: o Virtue ethics. o Kant’s version of rule morality. o Utilitarianism

• Make ethical decisions by applying Kant’s version of rule morality and utilitarianism.

• Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical decision-making.

• Explain Adam Smith’s argument in favour of a free market system, and Karl Marx’s theory about the inevitable demise of a capitalist system.

• Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the corporation.

• Explain the basic theory of corporate governance. • Explain the steps in the ethics management process, and

some problems relating to ethics management • Explain the basic structure of IFAC’s Code of Conduct,

and the fundamental principles in that code. • Explain three theories about the nature of the

organization.

Main Content • Some important value systems • General theory of ethics • Issues of macro-ethics • The moral obligations of the modern corporation • An introduction to corporate governance • Ethics management • Some organisational theories

104

Pre-requisites MAN131 OR MAN132; and FIA132 or equivalent; and ALC131 or ALC132

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations BET242 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 28 Lectures 2 Assignments and Tasks 30 Practicals 0 Assessments 5.5 Tutorials 0 Practicals 0 Self-study 36.5 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment


Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty EMS Home Department Department of Accounting Module Topic Accounting information applications Generic Module Name Accounting Information Applications 239 Alpha-numeric Code ACC239 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Year


BCom (Accounting) BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum

Year level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of the need for access to information

• Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use information as a business tool.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of a business process mode.

• Use process models to document business activities • Critically appraise a business process model • Enhance financial reporting using IT tools • Use spreadheets to analyse business data • Use accounting software packages to process accounting

information • Be familiar with the controls in an accounting information

package available for implementation by management for internal control purposes.

• Be familiar with certain functions in MSExcel to be able to utilise it for integration with other subject areas

Main Content • The role of information within business • Business processes and enterprise software • Process using computerized accounting packages • Using Internet tools in an accounting context • Selected themes as determined by the Department of

Accounting Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132

105


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 1 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 26 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Tests and tutorials: 60% Examination:40%

Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 322 Alpha-numeric Code AUD322 Credit Value 30 Duration Year Proposed Semester to be Offered

Year

Programmes in which the Module will be Offered


Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, a student should be able to:

• Discuss, explain and apply the regulatory principles, particularly as contained in the International Standards of Auditing, governing the external auditor’s work.

• Discuss and apply the various stages of the external audit process to a given scenario.

• Apply the principles and concepts governing the various stages of the external audit process,

• e.g. materiality and risk assessment • Design, evaluate, test and criticize the internal controls

systems in a given scenario. • Design, for manual and computerised environments,

audit programmes. • Formulate, select and discuss the appropriate type of

audit report that an external auditor can issue in a given situation.

• Critically discuss and apply principles of corporate governance.

• All of the outcomes found in the Auditing 236 module descriptor are examinable in this module.

Main Content • The stages of the external audit process • Concepts and principles important to the external audit

process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment

106

• The regulatory environment governing the external auditor’s work, including International Standards of Auditing

• Internal controls in manual and computerised environments

• Audit testing in manual and computerised environments • The reports that an external auditor can issue • Corporate governance • IT applications

Pre-requisites AUD236, Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations AUD341 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 100 Lectures pw 0 Assignments and Tasks 30 Practicals pw 0 Practicals 10 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 12 Self-study 148 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment


Assessment Module Type CFA Subject area: Auditing B Com (Financial Accounting) Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Home Department Accounting Module Topic Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 241 Alpha-numeric Code AUD241 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered

1


B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com


• Explain basic theory relating to the role of the internal auditing function in the modern corporation

• Explain types of internal audit • Explain the importance of the Institute of InternaI

Auditors’ standards for the professional practice of internal auditing, and apply some of these standards to scenario-type questions

• Explain the performance objectives of organisations • Explain important concepts relating to risk assessment,

and perform basic risk assessments • Explain control frameworks, with an emphasis on control

techniques

107

• Explain how audit evidence can be collected and assessed

• Explain the flow of the internal audit process Main Content • The emerging role of internal auditing

• Types of internal audit • The Institute of Internal Auditors’ standards for the

professional practice of internal auditing • The performance objectives of organisations • Risk assessment • Control frameworks • Audit evidence • The internal audit process and documentation

Pre-requisite Modules FIA141 or FIA131, AND ALC131 or ALC132

Co-requisite Modules None Prohibited Module Combination

AUD236


Hours Time-table Requirement per Week

Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Lectures pw. 0 Assignments and Tasks 16 Practical pw 0 Practicals 0 Tutorialspw 0 Assessments 7 Self-study 35 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark

Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Home Department Accounting Module Topic Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 242 Alpha-numeric Code AUD242 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered

2




• Explain the flow of the internal audit process • Explain basic theory relating to control and performance

evaluation, e.g. the purpose of controls and the types of controls

• Explain the theory relating to audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative methods, focusing on the application of sampling

• Explain the steps to be followed during the planning phase of the internal audit engagement

108

• Explain the steps to be followed when drafting an audit report, including follow-up actions

• Apply the above theory to scenario-type questions • Explain sound corporate governance practices, and

apply corporate governance theory to scenario-type questions

• Explain the interaction between an organisation’s financial accounting function, internal audit function and external auditors

• Explain the internal auditor’s duties regarding the organisation’s regulatory and legal compliance

Main Content • The internal audit process and documentation • Control and performance evaluation • Audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative

methods • Engagement planning • Audit reporting and follow-up • Corporate governance • The internal audit function and financial accounting and

finance • The legal and regulatory environment • Auditing in a computerised environment • General and application controls • CAATS

Pre-requisite Modules AUD241 Co-requisite Modules None Prohibited Module Combination

AUD236



Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Lectures : 3 Assignments and Tasks 18 Practical : 0 Practicals 0 Tutorials : 0 Assessments 5 Self-study 35 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment


Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Business Ethics Generic Module Name Business Ethics 242 Alpha-numeric Code BET242 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2


B Com(Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com (Human Resources), B Com

Level 6 Year Level 2

109

Main Outcomes Upon successful completion of this module, a student should be able to: • Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the

arguments for and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level.

• Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics belongs in the business environment.

• Explain some core elements of some important value systems, including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity, and Islam.

• Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and criticise extreme relativism.

• Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics, and criticise the theories:

• Virtue ethics • Rule morality, and more specifically Kant’s version

thereof • Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham’s and Mill’s

versions thereof • Apply Kant’s version of rule morality and Bentham’s and

Mill’s versions of utilitarianism to scenarios. • Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of

ethical decision-making. • Explain the argument in favour of a free market system

as put forward by Smith. • Explain Marx’s theory about the inevitable march of

history, and criticise his theory. • Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic

justice • Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the

corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility. • Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance,

focusing on the role of the board of directors. • Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration

as a contentious governance-related matter. • Explain the steps in the process of ethics management,

and the problems involved in ethics management, particularly in the context of a company with suppliers in developing countries.

• Explain three theories about the nature of the organisation.

Main Content • Some value systems • Some important ethical theories • The free market system and the Marxist critique of the

free market system • The moral obligations of the corporation • Corporate governance • Ethics management • Some theories about the nature of the organisation

Pre-requisite modules ALC131 or ALC132



BET211

110



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 Assessments 5.5 Selfstudy 36.5 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment

CAM: 60% Exam: 40%

Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 341 Alpha-numeric Code AUD341 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered

First Semester


BCom (Financial Accounting), BCom (Accounting) ECP

NQF Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:

• Assess controls as outlined in a scenario-type question, point out control weaknesses, and make recommendations about controls that can be implemented to address such weaknesses

• Explain what quality assurance should involve, and apply the relevant theory to a scenario-type question

• Explain the independent review process Main Content • Auditing in a computerised environment – networks and

related concepts • Controls techniques • Controls in the following cycles:

o Revenue and receipts cycle o Acquisition and payments cycle o Inventory and production cycle o Payroll and personnel cycle

• Internal audit quality • Overview of the independent review process

Pre-requisite Modules AUD241 and AUD242 OR AUD236

Co-requisite Modules None

Prohibited Module Combination

AUD327



Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 56 Lectures : 3 Assignments and Tasks 18 Practical : 0

111

Practicals 0 Tutorials : 1 Assessments 7 Self-study 69 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Assessment Module Type CFA Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 234 Alpha Numeric Code MAC234 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

First

Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom (Acc) BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum

Level 6 Year level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service;

• Prepare and comment on cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing and activity based costing;

• Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and interpret the results;

• Prepare income statements based on variable costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two methods;

• Discuss the budget development process, compile various operating budgets and financial budgets and comment on their use as control instruments;

• Comment on the standard costing • system as a control technique, compute basic variances

and reconcile actual profit with budgeted profit; • Evaluate the performance of managers;

Main Content • Functions of management accounting, and relationship between financial and management accounting;

• Cost concepts and classifications • Cost elements – materials, labour and overheads • Cost accumulation systems – job costing, process

costing; • Direct and absorption costing • Cost-volume –profit analysis

112

• Budgeting • Standard costing

Pre-requisites FIA131 and FIA132 and ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations MAC241 Breakdown of learning time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. -0 Assessment: 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Self Study 35 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of student assessment:


Assessment module type: CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Corporate and Financial Management Generic Module Name Corporate and Financial Management CFM221 Alpha-numeric Code CFM221 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Second



Level 6 Year level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students will be able to:

• Develop and evaluate an entity’s strategies. • Demonstrate an understanding of an entity’s plan for risk

management. • Demonstrate an understanding of an entity’s governance

model. • Establish and evaluate overall financial goals. • Analyse an entity’s financial situation. • Demonstrate an understanding of strategies for avoiding

and dealing with business failure. • Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of risk and

return and the portfolio theory. • Demonstrate an understanding of the cost of capital and

the capital structure of an entity. • Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the capital

budgeting process. Main Content • Business strategy.

• Risk management concepts. • Aspects of corporate governance. • Functions of financial management. • Analysis of financial information. • Business in difficulty. • Time value of money.

113

• Risk and return and the portfolio theory. • Cost of capital. • Capital structure. • Capital budgeting.

Pre-requisite modules MAC234 and BET211 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

FIM242



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 15 Practicals p.w. - Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of student assessment

CAM – 40% final mark Examination – 60% final mark

Assessment module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE Generic Module Name MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 324 Alpha-numeric Code MAF324 NQF Level 30 NQF Credit Value Year Duration Year Proposed semester to be offered.



7

Year level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of costing concepts and their application in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems.

• Devise appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control decision-making and system design.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities, within the context of its environment

• Make recommendations designed to responsibly manage an entity through effective use of financial resources and in accordance with the strategic objectives of the entity.

• Be able to integrate costing concepts with financial management principles

Main Content • Joint and by-product costing • Cost volume profit analysis • Relevant cost • Activity-based costing

114

• Budgeting • Standard costing • Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing • Cost estimation and behaviour • Linear programming • IT applications • Valuations • Capital Budgeting • Management of working capital • Cost of Capital • Capital structure • Financing decisions • Dividends • Mergers, takeovers and divestitures • Treasury function

Pre-requisite modules MAC 234 and CFM 221 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

MAC 341 and FIM 342





Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE Generic Module Name MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 334 Alpha-numeric Code MAF334 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Year



Year level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of costing concepts and their application in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems.

• Devise appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide

115

information for management control decision-making and system design.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities, within the context of its environment

• Make recommendations designed to responsibly manage an entity through effective use of financial resources and in accordance with the strategic objectives of the entity.

• Be able to integrate costing concepts with financial management principles

Main Content • Joint and by-product costing • Cost volume profit analysis • Relevant cost • Activity-based costing • Budgeting • Standard costing • Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing • Cost estimation and behaviour • Linear programming • IT applications • Valuations • Capital Budgeting • Management of working capital • Cost of Capital • Capital structure • Financing decisions • Dividends • Mergers, takeovers and divestitures • Treasury function

Pre-requisite modules MAC 234 and CFM 221 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

MAC 341 and FIM 342






116

Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management B Com (Financial Accounting) Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 241 Alpha-numeric Code MAC241 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First




• Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service;

• Prepare cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing and activity based costing;

• Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and interpret the results;

• Prepare the statement of comprehensive income based on variable costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two methods;

• Discuss the budget development process, compile various operating budgets and financial budgets.

• Applying basic techniques and principles in the decision making process.

Main Content • Functions of management accounting, and relationship between financial and management accounting;

• Cost concepts, classifications and the nature of costs; • Cost elements – materials, labour and overheads; • Cost accumulation systems – job costing, process

costing and activity-based costing; • Direct and absorption costing; • Cost-volume-profit analysis; • Budgeting; • Basic decision making applications.

Pre-requisite modules FIA141 and FIA142 or

FIA131 and FIA132 and QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126 and ALC131 or ALC132


117


MAC234




Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark Examination:50% Final mark


Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Management Generic Module Name Financial Management 242 Alpha-numeric Code FIM242 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2



Level 6 Year Level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, the learner should be able to:

• Evaluate an entity’s financial strategies. • Evaluate overall financial goals. • Analyse an entity’s financial situation. • Comprehend the principles of risk and return. • Calculate and apply the concepts of cost of capital and

the capital structure of an entity. • Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of capital

budgeting process. Main Content • Business strategy.

• Risk management concepts. • Functions of financial management. • Analysis of financial information. • Time value of money. • Risk and return. • Cost of capital. • Capital structure. • Capital budgeting.

Pre-requisite modules MAC241 or MAC234 or 50% for the final mark after the MAC241 Senate Discretionary Assessment for qualifying MAC234 students



CFM221

118



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 35 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment

Test and Tutorials:50% Final mark Examination:50% Final mark

Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 341 Alpha-numeric Code MAC341 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First



Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

• Apply costing concepts in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems.

• Apply appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control decision-making and system design.

Main Content • Joint and by-product costing • Cost volume profit analysis • Relevant cost and decision making • Activity-based costing • Zero based budgeting • Standard costing • Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing

Pre-requisite modules MAC241 or

MAC234 Co-requisite modules None


MAC314



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: - Practicals p.w. 0

119

Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Test and Tutorials:50% Final mark Examination:50% Total mark

Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Financial Management Generic Module Name Financial Management 342 Alpha-numeric Code FIM342 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester



Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

Calculate, analyse and evaluate investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities.

Main Content Valuations Capital Budgeting Management of working capital Cost of Capital Capital structure Financing decisions Dividends

Pre-requisite modules FIM242 or CFM221 and MAC341 or MAC314


FMA324



Contact with lecturer / tutor:

56 Lectures p.w. 3

Assignments & tasks: - Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark Examination: 50% Final mark


120

Subject Area: Taxation B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Taxation Generic module name Taxation 228 Alpha-numeric code TAX228 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


B.Com(Acc) B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum


• Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant information, and do basic calculations of the Income Tax Act, The Value-Added Tax Act.

• Identify the different concepts, interpret and analyse the information in the framework for the determination of taxable income and income tax

Main Content • Gross Income, exempt income and taxable income • General deduction formula • Special deductions • Individuals • Administration, Returns, assessments, Objections and

Appeal • Value-Added Tax • Capital Gains Tax (CGT)

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations TAX242 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w Assessment 8 Tutorials p.w. Practicals: Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Test & Tutorials (DP): 40% of final markExamination: 60% of final mark


121

Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Accounting Module Topic Taxation Generic module name Taxation327 Alpha-numeric code TAX327 Credit Value 30 Duration Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Year


B.Com(Acc) and B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum

Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, a student should be able to:

• Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant information and do basic and complex calculations of the Income Tax Act and the Value-Added Tax Act

• Extract the relevant information required for the calculation of a person’s liability for normal tax, Value-Added Tax, donations tax and provisional tax ;and

• Calculate a person’s liabilities for normal tax, Value Added Tax, donations tax and, provisional tax.

• All of the outcomes found in the TAX 228 module descriptor are examinable in this module.

Main Content • Normal Tax liability of: • Individuals; and • Business entities • Capital Gains Tax • Employees and provisional tax • Assessed losses • Trading stock • Value-Added Tax • Donations Tax • IT applications

Pre-requisites TAX228 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations TAX343 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 104 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w Assessment Tutorials p.w Practicals: 12 Selfstudy 154 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM:50% Examination: 50%


122

Subject Area: Taxation B Com (Financial Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty EMS Home Department Department of Accounting Module Topic Taxation Generic module name Taxation 242 Alpha-numeric code TAX242 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B Com ( Financial Accounting) B Com

NQF Level 6 Year Level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, a student should be able to:

• Define and identify the different components of the taxable income framework

• Identify information required to calculate an individual’s taxable income

• Complete an individual’s tax return • Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT

return Main Content Gross Income: general definition

special inclusions Exemptions General deduction: general definitions special deductions Individuals (including fringe benefits) Capital gains tax (basic principles) Basic principles of VAT

Pre-requisites FIA141 or FIA131, AND ALC131 or ALC132

Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

TAX 228



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w.2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 8 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Final exam 50%


123

Level 3 Faculty EMS Home Department Department of Accounting Module Topic Taxation Generic module name Taxation 343 Alpha-numeric code TAX343 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Year


B Com ( Financial Accounting) and B Com

NQF Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, a student should be able to:

• Identify and apply the main provisions of the Income Tax Act and the Value-Added Tax Act

• Extract and apply the relevant information required for the calculation of income tax, Value-Added Tax, donations tax,; and

• Calculate a person’s liabilities for income tax, Value-Added tax and Donations tax.

• Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT return.

• Complete a salary reconciliation on an accounting software package and complete a PAYE return

• All of the outcomes found in the TAX 242 module descriptor are examinable in this module.

Main Content • Normal Tax liability of: • Individuals; and • Business entities • Fringe benefits • Capital Gains Tax • Employees and provisional tax • Assessed losses • Trading stock • Capital allowances and recoupments • Value-Added Tax • Donations Tax • Turnover tax for Micro businesses • IT applications

Pre-requisites Tax 242 or TAX 228

Co-requisites None

Prohibited module combinations

TAX327



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 112 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w.

124

Assessment 12 Tutorials p.w. Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 136 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Final exam 50%

Assessment Module type CFA School of Business and Finance • Three majors are offered in the School – Management, Finance and Insurance. • On completion of Management at the 2nd year level, students may select Finance as a 3rd

year major. • Admission to Finance as a major (MAN307 and MAN308) requires 55% in both Finance

modules (MAN235 and MAN234) at the 2nd year level or a pass in MAN312. • Entrepreneurship and Insurance are offered as half subjects at the 3rd year

First Year Level Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS or Law faculties are required to complete Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB 133)in the 1st Semester before completing MAN 132 in the 2nd Semester (or MAN131 if taken the following year). Management First Year Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Module Topic INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS Alpha-numeric Code IEB131 (for non-EMS students)

IEB133 (for EMS Students) IEB134 (Repeat module in the 2nd semester)

Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme – BCom. Extended Curriculum, B.A., SRes or

Law Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

• Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their application in the South African economy

• Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government in the economy.

• Describe and evaluate South Africa’s recent economic performance.

• Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial success in the SA economy

• Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and apply them to real world settings.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small businesses operate.

• Develop a business plan for a small business.

125

Main Content • Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles • Overview of the South African economy • Perfect and imperfect competition • Production and costs • Role of entrepreneurship • The environment in which small business operates • Establishing a small business. • Principles underlying the main functional areas. • Compilation of the Business Plan

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites Man131 or Man132 for 4-year programme students and Non-

EMS students Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 7 Selfstudy 57 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester Tests (60%); Examination 40%

Home Department MANAGEMENT Module Topic MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Generic module name MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code MAN131 (1st Semester) MAN132 (2nd Semester) Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students will be able to describe and

demonstrate an understanding of : • the nature of the business enterprise and its constituent

components • the process of establishing a business in South Africa • the internal and external environment within which

businesses operate • the requirements of successful entrepreneurs/ship. • the principles of managing the main functional areas • the basic management principles such as planning,

organizing, leading and controlling • the dynamics of working and completing tasks in a group

Main Content • Overview of the business enterprise as a system • Historical development of the field of Management. • External and internal business environment • Entrepreneurship. • Establishing a business. • Principles of managing the main functional areas – marketing, employment relations/human resources, operations and finance • Functions of management – planning, organising, leading, controlling

126

Pre-requisites BCom (3year), BCom(Acc)(4 year) – none; BAdmin (from 2015), BCom 4-yr, Non-EMS students IEB131, IEB133 or IEB134

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time (hours)

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 hours Assignments and tasks: 30 hours Tests and examinations: 7 hours Self-study: 57 hours Practicals: 0 hours Total learning time: 150 hrs

Methods of Student Assessment

Test(s); tutorials, assignments (60%) Examination 40%.

Second Year Consists of 4 compulsory modules, 2 in each semester BCom (Extended 4-year), BAdmin and students not registered for degrees in EMS may register for Management or SME Management comprising the modules listed below other BCom students may only register for Management: MANAGEMENT MAN231 Marketing MAN233 Operations Management MAN234 Business Finance MAN235 Financial and Analytical Techniques SME MANAGEMENT MAN201 Entrepreneurship MAN206 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises MAN231 Marketing MAN233 Operations Management Students registering for SME Management require 60% average for MAN201, MAN231, MAN233 and MAN206 to register for MAN304 and major in Management at 3rd year level. Students who do not get 60% may register for SME Management at 3rd year level but may not be able to continue to Honours studies in Management. They will eligible for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management. Semester 1 Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT Module Topic MANAGEMENT – MARKETING Generic module name MARKETING Alpha-numeric code MAN231 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (1st) Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom . BCom.(Law), B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin, B.A.(SRM), BSc(CHS), BA (Tourism), Bed (EMS)

127

Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student should be able to:

• Describe, explain and apply the fundamental principles and practices of marketing for profit-seeking and non profit-seeking organizations

• Develop marketing plans and formulate strategies for various types of organizations.

Main Content • Strategic Marketing planning and environmental analysis • Product, pricing, distribution and promotion strategies • International marketing

Pre-requisites MAN131/MAN132; ALC131/ ALC132 or equivalent Prohibited Combination None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table of Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 45 Other: Groupwork 7 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests and Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE Module Topic MANAGEMENT – FINANCE & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Generic module name FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Alpha-numeric code MAN235 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (1st) Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom , B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom(Law), BCom(Evenings), BAdmin

Level 6 Main Outcomes This module is a preparation course for MAN 234 (Business

Finance). At the end of the module students should be able to demonstrate the ability to: • Conduct financial ratio analysis and interpret the results • Perform time value of money calculations • Explain and apply breakeven analysis and profit planning techniques

Main Content • Financial statement analysis • Time value of money • Break-even analysis and profit planning • Working capital management • Computer simulations

Pre-requisites MAN 111 and MAN 121/MAN 131/MAN 132; QSC131/ QSC132/ QSA131/ MAM126/ ECO135/STA 132/ BUS131/BUS132

Co-requisites MAN234; ACM131/132 or FIA131/FIA141; BUS131

Prohibited Combination MAN206

128


Hours B. Time-table of Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 16 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 43 Other: Groupwork Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests and Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

Semester 2 Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE –MANAGEMENT Module Topic OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Generic Module name OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Alpha numeric Code MAN233 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (2nd) Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom , B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A (Tourism), B.Ed (EMS)

Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

• Demonstrate knowledge of basic operations management concepts

• Develop an understanding of how to use basic operations management techniques

• Apply the operations management concepts and techniques to analyse and improve operations

Main Content • Basic concepts of operations management • Operational process types & management • Forecasting & capacity management • Production & service planning • Inventory and supply chain management • Quality management & implementation of lean

operations Pre-requisites MAN131/MAN 132; ALC131/ALC132; QSC131/

QSC132/QSA131 (50%) or MAN206 (Finance for SME’s) (40%)

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 (1 x1) 1.5 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tutorials p.w 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: . Selfstudy/Preparation 45 Other: Test/Exam Prep 7 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment

Tutorials & tests (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

129

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE –MANAGEMENT Module Topic MANAGEMENT – BUSINESS FINANCE Generic Module Name MANAGEMENT – BUSINESS FINANCE Alpha-numeric Code MAN234 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.


BCom (General), BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Understand the relationship between risk and return • Value assets and bonds • Analyse options when investing in assets • Identify and determine the cost of capital of various

financing options Main Content

• Risk and return • Valuation of assets • Capital budgeting • Working Capital Management

Pre-requisite modules MAN 111; MAN 121; Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC111, QSA102 or QSC122) or Maths 111/126, or Mathematical Economics 103; STA 131/132/101; MAN 235 (40%)


MAN206



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 16 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals: Tutorials p.w Selfstudy 43 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment

Tutorials & tests (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

Assessment Module type CAF Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS A Alpha-numeric Code ECO241 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First


B.Com, B.Com (ECP), B.Com (Law), B.Admin, B.Econ (DE)

130

Year level 1 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module students should be able to:

• Analyse different types of market structures. • Define and apply intermediate microeconomic concepts

and theories. • Apply mathematical techniques to analyse consumer and

producer markets. • Solve and interpret mathematical applications to

microeconomic problems. Main Content • Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear

equations. • Introduction to the optimizing behaviour of individuals,

households and firms. • Coordination of the decisions of individuals, households

and firms through markets. • Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-

linear quadratic equations. • Differential calculus for consumer and producer theories.

Pre-requisite modules ECO133/134 or ECO141/142 or ECO121/122 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 7 Selfstudy 37 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50%; Continuous Assessment Mark = 50%

Assessment Module type CFA Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Introductory Econometrics Generic module name Introductory Econometrics Alpha-numeric code ECO242 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second



Year Level 2 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

o Explain the theoretical background of econometrics. o Apply the basic tools of mathematics, statistics and

econometrics to analyse the economic relationship between variables

131

o Apply the appropriate functional forms to derive econometric models which explain economic phenomena.

o Use relevant quantitative software packages to conduct basic mathematical, statistical and econometric analysis of data, and interpret findings in an economic context.

Main Content o Methodology of Econometrics o Basic probability theories and probability distributions in

economic context. o Basic cross-sectional theories applicable to solving

economic problems on a micro level. o Application of quantitative software packages to conduct

mathematical, statistical and econometric analysis of economic data.

Pre-requisites ECO23x Co-requisites ECO231 Prohibited module combinations

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 7 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 36 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous 50%; Examination 50%

Assessment Module type CFA Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – Module Topic ENTREPRENEURSHIP – STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS Generic module name ENTREPRENEURSHIP – STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS Alpha-numeric code MAN201 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Programmes in which the module is offered

B.Com.(Management), BCom (Extended), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A (Tourism), B.Ed (EMS), BSc (CHS)

Level 6 Main Outcomes The module aims to develop a broad understanding of

factors to be considered when starting a new business. At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated an understanding of the: • Enterprise development and entrepreneurship as fields

of study • The relationship between entrepreneurship, enterprise

development and economic growth in South Africa. • Challenges facing entrepreneurs and enterprise

development policies • Procedures for starting the enterprise • Tools and reporting techniques to communicate the

venture with interested parties requirements of a business plan for starting a small enterprise

132

Main Content • Entrepreneurship and enterprise development policy and practice

• Overview of successful enterprises • Characteristics of successful entrepreneurs • Establishing a new enterprise • Business plan components • Procedures in developing a business plan

Pre-requisites MAN111 and MAN121/MAN131/MAN132, ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent

Co-requisites MAN206 Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of Learning time

Hours Time-Table Requirements per week

Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 35 Assignments & Tasks 10 Assessment 5 (test and examinations) Practicals 0 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Type (CAF) Tests and Tutorials : 60% final mark

Examination : 40% final mark Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Module Topic FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES Generic Module Name FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES Alpha-numeric Code MAN206 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester


BAdmin., B.A(DE), BA (Tourism), BSC (CHS), BEd (EMS subjects), BCom General (4-year)

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of: • Different sources of SME funding and decision tools

used to choose between them; • Tax implications for different types of enterprise forms • Preparation of capital and operational budgets for SMEs

and decisions regarding sources of financing for SMEs; • How to determine the cost price of a product or service

Main Content

Application of key finance techniques to address the practical challenges faced in financing a growing SME: • Sources of funding available, including state support,

venture capital and private equity funding; • Working capital management; • Different enterprise forms and their financial/tax

implications; • Budgeting and planning techniques; and • Costing

Pre-requisite modules MAN131 or MAN132; ALC or EED (or equivalent) Co-requisite modules MAN201

133


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals Practicals: Tutorials Assessments: 7 Selfstudy 30 Other: Class preparation 10 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Module type Assignments; projects; tests (60%);

Final assessment (40%). Third Year Three majors are offered in the School of Business and Finance in 2015 – Management, Finance and Insurance (each comprising four 15-credit modules). SME Management is not offered in 2015 Students may also register for half majors (each comprising two 15-credit modules). Half majors will be phased out after 2015 Management Compulsory Modules: Man 314 and Man 304 Electives: Any of the following pairs of modules (2 x 15 credits) if offered a. MAN 305 and MAN312 b. MAN 305 and MAN325 c. MAN 325 and MAN303 Finance Compulsory Modules: Management MAN 305, 307, 308 and 312 SME Management (not offered in 2015) Compulsory Modules: Management 314 and Management 325 Project Management Electives: One of the following pairs of modules (2x15 credits) a. Management MAN303 Service Marketing and MAN306 Retailing b. Entrepreneurship MAN333 Business Law for SME’s and MAN339 SME Business

Planning (not offered in 2015)

134

MANAGEMENT DIVISION Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT Module Topic RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS Generic Module Name RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS Alpha-numeric Code MAN314 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration First semester Proposed semester to be offered.


BCom (General), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours), BAdmin, Relevant non-EMS degrees.

Main Outcomes

The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should have demonstrated the ability to: • Explain all elements of the business research process • Formulate research questions and design a simple study • Conduct a literature review on a contemporary business

topic • Collect and analyse relevant data and compile it in a

comprehensive report • Conduct professional oral and written business

communications relating to the research project utilizing appropriate technology

Main Content

• The research process and business communication models

• Research questions, design and literature reviews • Research project planning and proposal writing • Qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection • Analyzing data reporting findings • Oral and written types of professional business

communications, including email, letters, proposals and presentations

Pre-requisite modules MAN131/MAN 132 OR MAN 111 and 121; QSC and ALC; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN 235 or MAN 234 or MAN201 AND MAN206 (60%)

Co-requisite modules MAN 304 or MAN325 Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Practical’s: 0 Tutorials p.w Self study 45 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written business communication; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%)

Assessment Module type CAF

135

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT Module Topic STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code MAN304 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second semester


BCom, BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: (a) demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the

analytical tools used to: • Manage the process strategy formulation, choice and

implementation. • Analyse the external business environment that

companies compete in • Identify resources and capabilities to sustain

competitive advantage • Develop the mission, vision and the strategic

objectives • Select and choose appropriate corporate,

competitive and functional strategies in an integrated manner

• Implement and monitor selected strategies (b) apply the above analytical tools to case studies

Main Content

• Strategy and strategic management • Analysis of macro, competitive and internal business

environments • Developing mission, vision and a strategic objectives • Strategic leadership, organizational culture and values • Formulating and integrating corporate competitive and

functional strategies • Competitive advantage and strategic choice • Systems to implement strategy

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 AND ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234 OR MAN235 OR MAN206

Co-requisite modules MAN 314; MAN234 Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 15 Practical’s: 0 Tutorials p.w Self study 55 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written business communication; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%)


136

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT Module Topic SERVICES MARKETING Generic Module Name SERVICES MARKETING Alpha-numeric Code MAN303 (111303) NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second semester


BCom; BCom (Law), BCom (BAdmin, Relevant non-EMS degrees

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Describe and apply the fundamental principles of

services marketing • Analyse and interpret customer expectations and

perceptions • Design customer service recovery strategies

Main Content

• Consumer behavior in services • Customer expectations and perceptions • Service delivery • Managing demand and supply in services

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 6 Practical’s: 3 Tutorials p.w 1 Self study 70 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Tests, Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA Module Name MAN302: SME Consulting and Communication Home Department Management Module Code MAN302 Credit Value 15 Duration Two terms Module Type University Level 7 Main Outcomes Understanding and writing reports on Consulting with Small

Business Owners. • Prepare a business profile. • Do a SWOT analysis. • Complete the PPR form. • Analyse the PPR. • Present your suggestions to mentor.

137

• Present your suggestions to owner. • Develop an action plan on one or two of the

suggestions. • Present action-plan to mentor and finally to

businessperson.

Main Content What is consulting? The SMME Environment. Productivity. Business Planning.

Pre-requisites MAN 111, MAN 121, MAN 231, MAN 233, MAN 234, MAN 235 OR MAN 201 – MAN 204 (50% pass required)

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations MAN 301 Breakdown of Learning Time (hours)

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 30 hours Assignments and tasks: 40 hours Tests and examinations: 0 hours Self-study: 30 hours Practicals: 50 hours Total learning time: 150 hours


Profile 15%; SWOT analysis 15%; PPR 30% and final report 40%.

The following module is not offered in 2016 Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT Module Topic RETAIL MANAGEMENT Generic module name RETAIL MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN306 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom , BCom (Law), BAdmin, Relevant non-EMS degrees

Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated an

understanding of: • The significance and characteristics of retailing. • The role that retailing plays within the economy. • The effect environmental factors have on retailing • The delivery of adequate customer service • Planning basic retailing mix strategies

Main Content • Nature of Retailing • Retail Institutions • Retail Environment • Buying Behaviour of Consumers • Legal and Ethical Aspects of retailing • Retail organization and Human resources • Store Facilities Management • Merchandise Management • Merchandise Logistics • Pricing • Customer Service

Pre-requisites QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN 234 OR MAN 235 OR MAN201 AND MAN206 .

138

Co-requisites MAN303 Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 34 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Case Studies, Tests, Assignments, Tutorials (60%); Final Assessment (40%)

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT Module Topic MANAGEMENT – EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code MAN324 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1Semester (Evenings only) Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 2 (Evenings only)


BCom (Evenings), BAdmin (Part-time).

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of : • Main challenges in managing employment relations (ER)

and employees in South Africa • The field from the perspectives of different disciplines and

the roles of management, labour and government • How management can select a coherent philosophy

about employees individually and collectively • How human resources can be effectively developed and

utilized to enhance effectiveness (b) practical competencies in negotiations and in conducting

simple research projects Main Content

• Conceptual frameworks for ER • Historical and environmental context • Trade union, management and state approaches • Bargaining, negotiations and dispute resolution • Human resource strategy • Employee and union participation in decision-making • Employment Equity • Compensation and performance management • Training and skills development • Flexible utilization of labour

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 AND ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/ MAN235/MAN206

Co-requisite modules MAN314


None

139



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practical’s 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Self study 68 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, tutorials, research

Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT Module Topic MANAGEMENT – CAPITA SELECTA Generic module name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code MAN332 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Programmes in which the module is offered.

BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin

Level 7 Main Outcomes Outcomes will vary depending on the course content Main Content Subject to the availability of visiting academic staff Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 63 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, assignments, presentation, tutorial exercises (60%); Final Assessment (40%)

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Module Topic PROJECT MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name PROJECT MANAGEMENT MAN325 Alpha-numeric Code MAN325 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st Semester


BCom., BCom.(Law), BAdmin., BCom.(4 year), other programmes which permit Management as a major.

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will have demonstrated: • An understanding of the need for project management

and the role of project managers

140

• An understanding of: o the Project Management Processes and how to

apply these processes to effectively manage a project through its life cycle

o the expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed in Project Management

• An understanding of the relationship between the inputs, tools and techniques and expected outcomes of each knowledge area

• How to apply the above in order to plan a project effectively

• The ability to assess the viability of a project proposal Main Content

Introduction to Project Management • Role and characteristics of project managers Project Management Processes and Actions • Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling Processes • Closing Activities Key Knowledge and Competence Areas • Project Scope, Cost, Time & Quality Management • Project Communication and Procurement Management • Project Stakeholder and Social Compact Management • Project Risk Management Project Integration Management Project planning and evaluation

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; BUS131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/ MAN234/MAN206;


None



Contact with lecturer/tutor 40 Assignments & Tasks 30 Lectures p.w. Practicals 0 Tests & examinations 7 Tutorials p.w Selfstudy 42 Class preparation 28 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assignments, tests; tutorial exercises; project (60%) and examination (40%)

Assessment Module type Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Module Topic BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES Generic module name BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES Alpha-numeric code MAN237 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Second semester


BCom, Bcom(Extended), BA (Tourism) BA (SRM)

NQF Level 6 Year Level 2nd

141

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated • Knowledge of the laws and regulations that directly affect

the establishment, trading, employment relationships and operations of a small or medium enterprise (SME)

• Understanding of the practical implications of the main tenets of each law for establishing and operating a small business.

Main Content Key legislation relating to SMEs: • Introduction to Contract law • Statutory requirements that impact on SME

establishment and operations • Tax and trading legislation • Employment Legislation – Basic Conditions of

Employment, Labour Relations Act, Employment Equity Act and Skills Development.

Pre-requisites MAN 131 and MAN 132/ ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent Co-requisites MAN201 Prohibited Combinations EMP211 or MAN333 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Assignments & tasks: 20 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 37 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments, Tutorials, Test and Project (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

Assessment Module Type CFA The following module will not be offered in 2016 Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Module Topic SME BUSINESS PLANNING Generic module name SME BUSINESS PLANNING Alpha-numeric code MAN339 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester - full time only (until 2013) Programmes in which the module is offered.

BCom.(Extended), BAdmin, BA (Tourism), BA (SRM), BSc(CHD), Bed (EMS)

Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated:

• An understanding of the challenges of establishing, operating and growing a small enterprise in a competitive market

• The ability to choose a viable business form for a new venture

• The ability to prepare a comprehensive business plan to start and manage their own viable small enterprise

• The ability to utilize analytical and productivity tools to improve SME performance

• An understanding of the role of forming networks, alliances and partnerships to create business opportunities

142

Main Content This module provides an intensive coverage of the various aspects of engaging in a new business venture, including: • Starting or acquiring a small business or franchise; • conducting practical SWOT analysis and identifying

Critical Success Factors in the sector • Planning and operating various kinds of small

businesses • The business plan as a tool to secure financing, operate

and grow the business • Business analysis and productivity improvement • Creating and managing networks, alliances and

partnerships with other businesses Pre-requisites QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132 or

equivalent; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206 and MAN201



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 65 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Draft plan, Presentations, Executive Summaries, Individual Project, Tests (60%) Summative Assessment: Business Plan (40%)

FINANCE DIVISION Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE Module Topic FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Generic Module Name FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Alpha-numeric Code MAN305 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First semester


BCom (ECP); BCom

Year Level 3 Main Outcomes

At the end of the module, the student should be able to: • Critically assess finance problem by drawing upon

relevant data and utilizing suitable tools and theories in financial management and investments.

• Identify complex problems and arguments and analyse those using the theoretical tools and quantitative methods of Finance and Investments.

• Effectively report Finance problems, ideas and findings to both lay and professional audiences.

143

• Complete an independent or group research project demonstrating appropriate mastery of research methods in Finance and Investments.

Main Content

• Discounted cash flow techniques. • Calculate and interpret different rates of returns • Fundamental statistical concepts • Probability concepts to calculate and interpret investment

expectations • Probability distributions to financial risk management • Sampling and estimation techniques to conduct financial

and investment research • Hypothesis testing techniques • Regression analysis • Financial and investment research/analysis/forecasts

based on established capital market models • Portfolio optimization based on linear prgraming • Technical analysis to predict future asset price

movements • Computer simulation models

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; BUS131/132; MAN233; MAN234; MAN235


None



Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Lectures p.w. 2 Assessment 6 Practical’s: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Self study 54 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Tests, Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

Assessment Module Type CAF Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE Module Topic INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT Generic module name INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN307 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom, B.Com (Finance), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours)

Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will demonstrate the ability

to • Explain the Investment Environment • Utilize investment management analytical tools • Perform company and share valuations

Main Content • Selecting investments in a global market • Organization and functioning markets

144

• Security Market Indicator Series • Market Efficiency • Portfolio Management and Asset-pricing Models • Investor constraints and objectives

Pre-requisites QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 234 (55%) and MAN 235 (55%) or MAN 312



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, Tutorials, project (60%); Final Assessment (40%)

Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE Module Topic FINANCE – INVESTMENT ANALYSIS Generic module name INVESTMENT ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric code MAN308 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester 2 Programmes in which the module is offered.

BCom, BCom (ECP), BCom (Law), Bcom (Evenings)

NQF Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated

the ability to: • Demonstrate an understanding of the derivatives

markets. • Demonstrate an understanding of basic derivatives

instruments. • Demonstrate an understanding of the pricing of

derivatives instruments. • Construct synthetic derivatives strategies. • Evaluate the profit and risk profiles of synthetic

derivatives strategies. • Demonstrate an understanding of the development of

capital market theories versus behavioural finance. • Demonstrate an understanding of asset allocation

principles and portfolio management in the local and international context.

• Conduct performance evaluation on investment portfolios.

• Apply the Chartered financial Analyst (CFA) code of ethics and professional standards to practical cases.

• Generate constructive analysis of rel world Finance and Investments issues using the theories of finance and Investments.

• Evaluate the theoretical framework and empirical literature development in Finance and Investments

145

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are; • Options and futures markets • Options algebra and strategies • Option valuation models • Forward/futures pricing and application • Hedging using options and futures • Swaps fundamentals and application • Asset allocation and portfolio management in the local and international context. • Performance Evaluation • CFA Ethics and professional Standards

Pre-requisites QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN234 (55%), MAN235 (55%) OR MAN312; MAN307 (40%)



Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Assessment: 7 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorial p.w 1 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Test, project, assignment (50%) Final Assessment (50%)

Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE Module Topic FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - SHORT TERM INSURANCE Generic Module Name SHORT TERM INSURANCE Alpha-numeric Code IST309 (111050) NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.


BCom., BCom. (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin.

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of: • Legal and tax issues of Insurance contracts • Personal and Commercial Insurance • The FAIS Act and its implications • Legal and Taxation Principles • Relationship of Insurance Products and their risks an ability to identify an analysis insurance risk

Main Content

• Risk Management • The Law of Contract • Basic insurance Principles • The insurance Market in South Africa • Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy

146

• The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act (FAIS)

• Legal and Taxation Principles • Legal Framework – Insurance Environment

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206

Co-requisite modules IST310 Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 10 Tutorials p.w. Practical’s: 0 Self study 70 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorials; Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%)


Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE Module Topic FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - LONG TERM INSURANCE Generic Module Name LONG TERM INSURANCE AND RETIREMENT FUNDS Alpha-numeric Code IST310 (111051) NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.


BCom (Gen) BCom (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate (a) an understanding of: • Risk and Insurance • Legal Framework of Retirement Funds • Different types of Retirement Funds and associated risks • Defined Benefit and contribution Funds • The FAIS Act and its implications • Legal and Taxation Principles • Life Insurance – Product Analyses (b) an ability to perform basic insurance risk analysis

Main Content

• Retirement Funds • Risk an Insurance • Different types of Retirement Funds • Group Benefits • Life Insurance

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132 MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206

Co-requisite modules IST 309

147


None



Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w Tests & examinations: 10 Practical’s p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises; Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%)


The following module will not be offered in 2016: Home Department School of Business and Finance – Finance Division Module Topic Finance Research and Communication Generic Module Name Finance Research and Communication Alpha-numeric Code FRC311 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1 (not offered in 2013)


B.Com.(Finance)

Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes The module aims to develop communication and research

skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to: 1. Explain the finance research process 2. Formulate research questions and identify research

objectives. 3. Design a simple finance research project 4. Conduct a literature review on a finance topic. 5. Produce a basic seminar paper 6. Conduct professional oral and written communications

relating to the research project using appropriate technology

Main Content 1. Basic Research processes in finance. 2. Research topics in investment and corporate finance. 3. Prepare a finance research proposal 4. Basic computational research techniques. 5. Research analysis and presentation. 6. Professional oral and written communications, including

letters, proposals, presentations and report writing Pre-requisite modules MAN235 and MAN234 Co-requisite modules MAN305 Prohibited module Combination

MAN314



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w.

148

Tests & Examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self study 20 Seminar Paper 43 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%) and Exam (40%)

Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE Module Topic FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Generic module name FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN312 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester 2 Programmes in which the module is offered.

BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom. (Law), BCom. (Evenings), BAdmin.

Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated

the ability to: • Use finance related analytical techniques • Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise • Determine project and enterprise risk • Analyse Fixed Income securities and shares and shares • Evaluate project feasibility

Main Content • Time value of money. • Determination of cost of capital, return on equity. • Determination of bond and share prices. • Risk and return • Dividend policy • Growth theory • Evaluation of leasing

Pre-requisites MAN 234, MAN 235; QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 305 (40%)

Co-requisites MAN 305 Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, project, assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

149

Economics Module Descriptors First Year - BCom , BCom (Law) and BCom (Acc) students registering for the first time in 2009 will

register for ECO 134 in the 2nd semester - Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS, Education or Law Faculties

are required to complete Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB) in the 1st semester before completing ECO 134 in the 2nd semester

- The module descriptor for Introduction to the Economy and Business is listed under the School of Business and Finance and the Academic Development Department.

NB: 1. ECO 331 : Compulsory module 2. ECO 332 : Compulsory module 3. ECO 311: Required if student intends doing Honours in Economics Module Name ECO121: Microeconomics I Home Department Economics Module Code ECO121 Credit Value 15 Duration S Module Type University Module Level 5 Main Outcomes ECO 121 - Upon completion of this course learners should be

in a position to: • Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and

algebraic analysis. • Understand the foundational concepts of micro-economic

principles and its application. Main Content • Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear

equations. • Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual

households and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions through markets.

• Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear quadratic equations.


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours Assignments & tasks: 10 hours Tests & examinations: 15 hours Self-study: 27 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours


Final Exam = 50% Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical Workshops)

Module Name ECO122 Macroeconomics Home Department Economics Module Code ECO122 Credit Value 15 Duration S Module Type University Module Level 5

150

Main Outcomes ECO 122 - Upon completion of this course learners should be in a position to: • Understand the foundational concepts of macro-

economic principles and its application • Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data • Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and

algebraic analysis Main Content • The economic problem and the circular flow

• The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign • Determination of national income and employment;

Money, prices and the banking system; • Inflation and economic growth / development; • The simple Keynesian model • Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours Assignments & tasks: 10 hours Tests & examinations: 15 hours Self-study: 27 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time: 100 hours


Final Exam = 50% Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical Workshops)

Faculty EMS Home Department School of Government Module Topic Introduction to Local Economic Development Generic Module Name Introduction to Local Economic Development Alpha-numeric Code LED111 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second semester


BEcon

Level 7 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes The learner should be able to:

• Define Local Economic Development • Explain the different local economic development

activities and strategies. Describe the basic approaches, techniques and practices of local economic development.

Main Content An overview of the following topics will be introduced to guide the learner towards the more in-depth studies during the degree: • Introduction to Economic development, economic development players, local economic development • Profiling a local economy • LED strategic planning

151

• LED Marketing and attraction • Business retention and expansion • Entrepreneurial and small business development • Managing economic development organisations

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 33 Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student Assessment

CPA

Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks

Faculty EMS Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic ECONOMICS Generic module name ECO133(Full-time and Part-time)

ECO134 (Full-time only) Alpha-numeric code ECO133 and ECO134 NQF Level 5 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

ECO133: 1st semester ECO134: 2nd semester


B.Com, B.Com (Law), B.Com (Acc), B.Com (Fin Acc), B.Com (Acc ECP), B.Com (ECP), B.Com (PT), B.Admin, B.Admin (PT), B.Econ (DE)

Year Level 1 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module students should be able to:

• Define and apply basic economic theories and concepts in microeconomics and macroeconomics.

• Construct graphs and use basic algebra to analyse basic economic relationships.

• Apply basic algebra to analyse economic relationships. • Explain micro and macroeconomics in the South African

context. Main Content The following content is applied in the South African context:

• Introduction to economics. • Application of mathematical tools to economics. • Elementary theory of demand and supply. • The economic problem and the circular flow. • Determination of national income, growth, inflation,

employment; money, and the banking system. • The simple Keynesian model. • Aggregate demand & supply. • Introduction to monetary and fiscal policy.

152

Pre-requisites QSC131/132 or MAM126/127 or QSA131/132 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 74 Other: worksheet 63 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Tests; Tutorials)

Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA).

Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic MACROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS 142 Alpha-numeric Code ECO142 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Programmes in which the module will be offered

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial Accounting)

Level 5 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module students should be able to:

• Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts of macro-economic principles.

• Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data. • Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic

analysis relevant to Macroeconomics.

Main Content • The economic problem and the circular flow. • The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign. • Determination of national income and employment; Money,

prices and the banking system. • Inflation and economic growth / development. • The simple Keynesian model. • Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment. • Monetary and fiscal policy


Co-requisite modules QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131

IEB (Non- EMS students – subject to availability) Prohibited module Combination

ECO133/134



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals p/w 0

153

Self-study: 27 Tutorials p/w 1 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 100 Method of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials)

Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS 141 Alpha-numeric Code ECO141 Level 5 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Programmes in which the module will be offered

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial Accounting)

Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module students should be able to: • Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic

analysis relevant to Economics. • Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational

concepts of micro-economic principles. Main Content • Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear

equations. • Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual

households and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions through markets.

• Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear quadratic equations.

Pre-requisite modules QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131 IEB (Non- EMS students – subject to availability)


ECO133/134



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p/w 3 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p/w 1 Tests & examinations: 15 Self-study: 27 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials)


154

Second Year Level Faculty EMS Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic module name MICROECONOMICS B Alpha-numeric code ECO231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester to be offered.

Second




• Explain microeconomic principles and their application. • Apply mathematical tools for graphical and algebraic

analysis of microeconomic problems. • Analyse firm behaviour under different market structures.

Main Content • Consumer behaviour • Production theory • Costing production • Profit maximization • Dropping assumption of perfect competition • Sales maximization

Pre-requisites ECO232 (Microeconomics I) Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessments: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 37 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials) Final Exam = 50%


Faculty EMS Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic MACROECONOMICS Generic module name MACROECONOMICS 232 Alpha-numeric code ECO232 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration SEMESTER

155

Proposed semester to be offered

First




• Apply macroeconomic theory, and construct and explain graphs and equations in relation to macroeconomic concepts.

• Apply macroeconomic theory to South African economic issues.

• Explain current developments on the domestic and global economy.

Main Content The following content is taught in the South African context: • National Income • Components of GDP • Goods and Financial Markets • IS-LM model and AD-AS model • Unemployment and Inflation

Pre-requisites ECO133/134 or ECO141/142 or ECO121/122 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w.2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. Assessments: 0 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 7 Selfstudy 37 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment


Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic LABOUR ECONOMICS Generic Module name LABOUR ECONOMICS 233 Alpha-numeric code ECO233 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered.

B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Human Resource Management), B.Com (Management), B.Admin

Level 6 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

• Define and apply the basic concepts of labour economics (e.g. economically active population, labour force participation rate).

156

• Apply the microeconomic tools to analyse labour market outcomes (levels of wages and employment).

• Define important issues such as labour productivity and unit labour costs.

• Discuss the impact of unions on wages, productivity and unit labour costs.

• Analyse and interpret the unemployment situation in South Africa.

Main Content • Labour demand and supply in competitive and non- competitive markets

• Wages and productivity in South Africa • The economics of wages and collective bargaining • Unemployment in South Africa • Human Capital and the demand for skilled labour • Labour market inequalities and discrimination.

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirements per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 20 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 31 Tutorials p/w 1 Practicals: Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)

Faculty EMS Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic PUBLIC ECONOMICS Generic module name PUBLIC ECONOMICS 234 Alpha-numeric code ECO234 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester to be offered

Second




• Identify and discuss the composition of the public sector in South Africa.

• Analyse the role of government in an economy. • Discuss and analyse the different sources of market

failure that require government intervention.

157

• Identify and discuss the sources of bureaucratic and politician failure.

• Explain, analyse and apply the basic principles of expenditure, and tax theory in the South African context.

• Explain and analyse the basics of fiscal policy (including the budgetary process) in South Africa.

Main Content The following content is taught in the South African context: • Composition of the public sector. • Views on role of government in different economic

systems. • Market failure (and its sources) as a rationale for

government intervention. • Bureaucratic and politician failure. • Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency. • Fiscal policy and the national budget.

Pre-requisites ECO133/134 or ECO141/142 or ECO121/122 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessments: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 7 Selfstudy 37 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment


Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Intermediate Mathematical Economics Generic module name Intermediate Mathematical Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO235 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


B.Com B.Com (ECP)


• Apply differentiation techniques to solve the non-linear economic problems in consumption and production problems (microeconomics).

• Solve linear mathematical economic problems in macroeconomics.

• Explain matrix concepts and apply them to solve linear economic problems.

158

• Apply the integral calculus techniques to non-linear economic functions.

• Apply mathematical tools using software packages. Main Content • Differentiation techniques used to solve economic

problems. • Linear mathematical economic problems in

macroeconomics (e.g. AD-AS curves, IS-LM curves). • Non-linear mathematical economic problems in

microeconomics (e.g. consumption equilibrium, production equilibrium, returns to scale, partial elasticity).

• Matrices and integral calculus in economics applications. Pre-requisites ECO23X

MAM126/MAM127 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 7 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 37 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment



159

Third Year Level The Department offers FOUR third level modules on a concurrent basis. The order of modules may change from year to year. Each module may be presented in either semester. A student doing Economics as a major subject should register for at least four third level modules including ECO331 and ECO332. Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic module name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO331 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester (1st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered.

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

Level 7 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module, a student should be able

to: • Discuss and apply general equilibrium and welfare

analysis • Critically analyse the behaviour of the firm under different market structures • Analyse the firm’s behaviour using game theory • Explain and formulate the conditions for economic efficiency

Main Content • General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis • Market Structure and Competitive Strategy

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p/w 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 7 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests)

Home Department ECONOMICS Module topic MACROECONOMICS Generic module name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric code ECO332 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Module Type University Module

160


B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Admin, B.Com (Extended 4yr)


• Critically analyse monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian schools

• Model the theory of prices, output, inflation and unemployment

• Critically evaluate the abovementioned theories of Macroeconomic Policy as applied in South Africa

Main Content • Fiscal and monetary policy • The Phillips curve • The IS-LM model • The AD-AS model • The Mundell-Fleming model. • Government intervention in the macro-economy • Macroeconomic policy in South Africa

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO232



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Labour Economics Generic Module Name Labour Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO333 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


B.Com, B.Com (ECP)

Year level 3 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

• Apply theoretical frameworks to study the functioning of the labour market from both supply and demand perspectives in the current context.

161

• Explain the determination of wages in different types of labour markets.

• Discuss the impact of unions, collective bargaining and minimum wage legislation and other government policies on employment, labour productivity and unit labour costs.

• Analyse, interpret and explain the causes of unemployment in South Africa and developing countries.

• Apply the theories of discrimination to explain inequalities in labour markets.

Main Content The following content is taught in the South African context: • The unique characteristics of the labour market • Supply and demand of labour • Wages and cost of labour • Unions, collective bargaining, minimum wages,

government regulation and labour markets • Productivity and labour market flexibility • Globalization and the labour market • Unemployment: Types, measurement and reasons • Education, human capital and demand for skilled labour • Labour market inequalities and discrimination

Pre-requisite modules ECO231 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 95 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50%

Assessment Module type CFA Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS Generic module name INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO335 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered.

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

Level 7 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module, a student should be able

to: • Critically evaluate the foundational concepts of

international economics

162

• Critically apply tools of economic analysis to analyse international trade

• Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis of trade theory

Main Content • Theories of why nations trade • Developments in trade theory • Instruments and impact of trade policy • Economic integration and cooperation • International trade and the Developing countries • Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International

Trade Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO 141 and ECO 142 AND ECO231 and ECO232



Contact with lecturer /tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Home Department ECONOMICS Module Topic DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO336 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered.

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin


• Model the foundational concepts of development economics

• Critically analyse the levels and patterns of development of developing countries

• Critically analyse and interpret statistical data • Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic

analysis of development issues Main Content • Determination of poverty and inequality

• Growth and development experiences of developing countries

• Agrarian change and industrialization strategies • Capital Flows, debt and finance

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO232

163



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Econometrics Generic module name Econometrics Alpha-numeric code ECO311 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second



Year Level 3 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module, a student should be able

to: o Explain the theoretical background of cross-sectional

econometrics and apply it to solve economic problems at a micro level.

o Explain the theoretical background of time-series econometrics and use it to analyse macro data and econometric models.

o Use specialized software packages to conduct time-series and cross-sectional statistical econometric analysis to solve macro and micro economic problems.

Main Content o Cross-sectional statistical theories applicable to solving economic problems on a micro level.

o Time-series statistical theories applicable to solving economic problems on a macro level.

o Application of time-series quantitative software packages to conduct econometric analysis of economic data.

o Application of cross-sectional quantitative software packages to conduct econometric analysis of economic data.

Pre-requisites ECO 231 and ECO 232 and ECO242

Co-requisites


None

164



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w.1 Assessment 7 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 13 Selfstudy 65 Other: 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Assessment Module type CFA Home Department ECONOMICS Module topic ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS Generic module name ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO301 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester (1st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered.

B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Law), B.Admin


• Critically analyse the link between environment, natural resources and economic theory • Apply economic principles to solving environmental

problems and discuss the limitations of standard microeconomic analyses to treating environmental problems

• Critically evaluate aspects of the free market, market failures and externalities • Interpret and model the valuation of non-market environmental/public goods and services

Main Content • Modelling Environmental Problems • Modelling the Market Process • Modelling Market Failures • Modelling Solutions to Environmental Problems • Empirical and Practical Applications

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4 yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231 and ECO234


Hours Time Table Requirements per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures per week 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals per week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials 0 Self-study: 61 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Presentations and Research Project)

165

Faculty EMS Home Department Economics Module Topic PUBLIC ECONOMICS Generic module name PUBLIC ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric code ECO334 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First



Year Level 3 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this module, a student should be able

to: • Discuss and analyse equity and efficiency

considerations in economic decision-making. • Construct models of fiscal and social policy and explain

its economic impact in the South African context. • Compare and critically evaluate the main public choice

theories used to ascertain societal preferences. • Discuss and analyse models which explain the growth

of government expenditure and how they apply to South Africa.

• Critically analyse the economic effects of different types of taxes.

• Analyse the key principles of fiscal federalism and its application in the South African context.

Main Content The following content is taught in the South African context: • Equity and efficiency considerations in economic

decision-making. • The economic impact of fiscal and social policies in the

South African context. • Public Choice Theory and its implications on the

political economy. • Public expenditure and the growth of government. • Taxation of income, wealth and consumption. • Principles of fiscal federalism and its application in

South Africa.

Pre-requisites ECO234 and ECO231 and ECO232

Co-requisites None


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 67

166

Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Essay; Tests)

Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Faculty EMS Home Department School of Government Module Topic Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling -

Quantitative Analysis Generic Module Name Local Economic Development Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second semester


BECON

Level 7 Year Level 2 Main Outcomes After completing this module, learners should be able

to: • Discuss appropriate features of economic profiling. • Apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or

regional level. • Describe and apply different research methodologies

for development information • Explain fundamental development concepts • Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of

compiling of a development profile of a local area – focusing on a detailed economic analysis of the area

Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: • Definitions of Development • Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as

an economic development tool • Basic Research methodologies to apply statistics • Basic excel skills for development profiling • Practically compiling a local development profile for a

local area Pre-requisite modules Introduction to Local Economic Development Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 32 hours Total Learning Time 100 hours Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment


167

Faculty EMS Home Department School of Government Module Topic Investment Promotion Generic Module Name Investment Promotion Alpha-numeric Code PUB424 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2013


BEcon

Level 8 Year Level 4 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student should be able to:

• Discuss practical skills required to be an efficient practitioner in developing policy and strategies that are useful in attracting appropriate investors into a municipality, district, metro or region.

• Analyze with practical skills to be used to analyze and interpret specific investor needs and behavior.

• Design tools that will enrich and support investor decision makers in appropriate investor related decisions.

Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: • Investor Behavior and Psychology • Processes of Foreign Direct Investment • Regional Investment Promotion • Economic Development and Foreign Investment • Technology and Investment • Investment Policy and Strategy




None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

CPA

Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test Group tasks

168

Faculty EMS Home Department School of Government Module Topic Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms Generic Module Name Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism Alpha-numeric Code LED211 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First semester


BEcon

Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes After completing this module, participants should be able to:

• Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms, frameworks and tools available for economic development.

• Conduct an analysis of the national environment for various configurations of the above enabling mechanisms

• Design and use a sector competency template to investigate the implications of each enabling framework for the three sectors – public, private and civil

• Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with each of the enabling frameworks.

• Identify economic development tools to develop business cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation incubators and technology hubs.

• Design and complete various sector competency templates

• Interpret data from sector competency templates • Engage with business, business chambers and industrial

support mechanisms

Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: • Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development

potential of a municipality, district or metro. • Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones

as economic development tools. • Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and

their applicability. • Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic

development tools • Competency templates

Pre-requisite modules Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 56 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w.

169

Exams and Assessments 6 hours Selfstudy 40 hours Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student Assessment

CPA


Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module Topic Microeconomics Generic Module Name Microeconomics 731 and 411 Alpha-numeric Code ECO411 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First


B.COM (HONS) B.A. (HONS) B.ADMIN (HONS) B.ECON (HONS)

Year level Honours Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

o Interpret and critically analyse fundamental principles of microeconomics;

o Discuss and debate the relevance of current trends and developments in the theory of consumer choice;

o Analyse theories of production. o Apply theoretical principles to South African

microeconomic issues; o Apply tools to analyse strategic situations using game

theoretic models. Main Content o Theory of production;

o Theories of Consumer Choice o Game theoretic models

Pre-requisite modules ECO331



None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lecture pw 1 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tutorials pw 2 Practicals: 0 Practicals pw 0 Assessments 6 Self-study 65 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Examination 50%

Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA)

170

Home Department Economics Module description Macroeconomics Generic module name Macroeconomics 412 Alpha-numeric code ECO412 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


B.COM (HONS) B.A. (HONS) B.ADMIN (HONS) B.ECON (HONS)

Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

o Demonstrate an understanding of advanced macroeconomic theory;

o Apply the theory as an analytical tool to interrogate and critique macroeconomic policies in emerging markets in general and South Africa in particular.

Main Content This module focuses on: o Money, interest rates, the global economy; booms and

recessions o Aggregate supply and inflation; dynamic aggregate

supply and demand o Equilibrium in financial markets o Short-run equilibrium o Medium-term equilibrium o Inter-temporal budget constraints in the public sector o Macroeconomic consequences of high inflation o Finance and growth; financial repression o Financial reform; sequencing reforms o Coping with capital flows o Crises in emerging economies o Macroeconomic management in emerging economies o Macroeconomic growth theory and policies

Pre-requisites ECO332

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None


Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 06 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 88 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Examination 50%

Assessment Module Type Continuous and Final

171

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Public Economics Generic module name Public Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO413 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


B. Admin (Honours) B.Com (Honours) B. Econ (Honours)

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Analyse and interpret the impact of public sector activities on the South African economy from a macro and microeconomic perspective.

• Critically analyse the South African government’s redistributive role and the consequent economic impact of policies.

• Evaluate the impact of government intervention on the South African economy.

• Analyse the economic impact of specific taxes in South Africa.

• Evaluate recent tax developments in South Africa. • Analyse the nature of intergovernmental fiscal relations

in South Africa. Main Content • The role of government in the South African economy.

• Income Distribution and Social Security Issues in South Africa.

• Efficiency and equity considerations in economic decision-making: analysing unintended consequences of policies.

• Government interventions in South Africa. • Direct and indirect taxation. • Tax issues in South Africa as a developing country. • Intergovernmental fiscal relations: subnational taxation

and intergovernmental grants in the South African context.

Pre-requisites ECO334 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Examination 50%


172

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Development Economics Generic module name Development Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO414 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


B. Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours)

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Critically analyse the different perspectives on economic development.

• Critically evaluate the alternative models and current debates in economic development.

• Apply quantitative techniques to analyse levels of economic development

• Critically evaluate the applicability of alternative theories of poverty and inequality in the South African context

• Critically evaluate alternative models and current trends in development economics.

Main Content • Perspectives on economic development • Poverty and inequality • Social Policy (e.g. health and education) • The economic performance of regional or interstate

groupings (e.g. BRICS) • Dual economy models and agrarian development • Privatization • Institutions and economic development

Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO332

Co-requisites None


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Examination 50%


173

Faculty EMS Home Department School of Government Module Topic Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms Generic Module Name Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism Alpha-numeric Code LED311 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First semester


BEcon

Level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes After completing this module, participants should be able to:

• Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms, frameworks and tools available for economic development.

• Conduct an analysis of the national environment for various configurations of the above enabling mechanisms

• Design and use a sector competency template to investigate the implications of each enabling framework for the three sectors – public, private and civil

• Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with each of the enabling frameworks.

• Identify economic development tools to develop business cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation incubators and technology hubs.

• Design and complete various sector competency templates

• Interpret data from sector competency templates • Engage with business, business chambers and industrial

support mechanisms

Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: • Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development

potential of a municipality, district or metro. • Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones

as economic development tools. • Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and

their applicability. • Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic

development tools • Competency templates

Pre-requisite modules Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 56 Practicals p.w.

174

Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Exams and Assessments 6 hours Selfstudy 40 hours Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student Assessment

CPA

Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks Faculty EMS Home Department School of Government Module Topic Managing Economic Development Organisations Generic Module Name Managing Economic Development Organisations Alpha-numeric Code PUB425 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2013


BEcon


• Define development based on the latest development concepts and practically apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or regional level.

• Explain and apply different research methodologies for development information

• Explain fundamental development concepts • Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of

compiling of a development profile of a local area – focusing on a detailed economic analysis of the area

Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: • Definitions of development • Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an

economic development tool • Research methodologies to apply statistics • Basic excel skills for development profiling • Practically compiling a local development profile for a

local area Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None




CPA

Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test *Group tasks

175

Faculty EMS Home Department School of Government Module Topic Public –Private Partnership Generic Module Name Public –Private Partnership Alpha-numeric Code PUB421 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2013


BEcon


• Demonstrate an understanding of public procurement in the context of municipal fiscal and good governance.

• Describe the legal framework for public procurement in Local Government.

• Explain the role of PPP in leveraging private financing. • Articulate the different phases of the PPP Project Cycle. • Assess the process and the outcome of PPP

Main Content • Good governance

• Procurement in municipalities • Legal framework for public procurement in municipalities • Public-private partnership • Public-private partnership project cycles




None




CPA

Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test Group tasks

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department School of Government Module Topic Research Methods/Research Essay Generic module name Research Methods/Research Essay Alpha-numeric code RME401 NQF Level 9

176

NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Module Type P Year Level 8.1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Explain the terminology, facts, conventions, trends and sequences, classification and categories, criteria, methodology, principles and generalizations of social science research methods

• Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research and coherently structure and organize a research study: choose a research topic; state the research problem; develop hypotheses and assumptions to guide the research; review related literature, select appropriate methodological techniques for data collection and analysis; use the internet to access information; and write academically acceptable research proposals

• Demonstrate the ability to apply the analytical tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation

• Apply the logic and skills of research methodology to a supervised public sector-related practical research project

Main Content Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research and types of research • Research designs • The research process: conducting literature surveys;

planning research project; research methods/ techniques; writing a research proposal

• Analysis and interpretation of research findings, recommendations and communication of research results to policymakers

• Structuring and organizing research findings in a written research report of approximately 6000 - 7000 words

Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time



Continuous assessment 60% (Tests, assignments and class presentations 20%; written research report 40%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

177

Fare Share Module Descriptors Home Department FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Generic module name COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH121 Module numeric code 142000 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 Main Outcomes To enable the learner to

• Display a deeper understanding of communication as a vital life skill;

• Use communication tools for various purpose in the workplace, especially for problem solving and critical thinking;

• Engage in consensual communication in the workplace, (negotiation skills);

• Identify and practice different forms of writing for organizational efficiency and needs, based on cross curricular learning outcomes;

• Plan and design reports, Plan and design reports, project proposals, speeches and various forms of essay writing.

Main Content • Writing skills development • Various aspects of speech communication • Report and proposals writing • Preparation of public speeches.


Hours


Practical assignments Workplace assessment Assignment writing Group tasks Assessment of speech/ oral communication ability

Home Department FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1 Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1 Alpha-numeric code FSH122 Module numeric code 142001 Credit Value 10

178

Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 Main Outcomes To enable the learner to

• Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators; • Read and understand graphs and key measurement

indicators used to assess economic growth and development;

• Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial and national level;

• Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of various developmental paths.

Main Content • The terms economic growth and how to measure it • Human development and the indicators thereof • A basic understanding of trends in SA’s economic

growth in general • A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour,

productivity and capital productivity. • A basic understanding of the National Budget and the

ways in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a revenue and from an expenditure perspective


Hours


Practical assignments Group tasks Class Tests


ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11 Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11 Alpha-numeric code FSH118 Module numeric code 142002 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 Main Outcomes To enable the learner to

• Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators; • Read and understand graphs and key measurement

indicators used to assess economic growth and development;

179

• Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial and national level;

• Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of various developmental paths.

Main Content • The terms economic growth and how to measure it • Human development and the indicators thereof • A basic understanding of trends in SA’s economic

growth in general • A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour,

productivity and capital productivity. • A basic understanding of the National Budget and the

ways in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a revenue and from an expenditure perspective


Hours


Writing Assignment Group tasks Class Tests Practical assignments


ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module Description LOCAL GOVERNANCE Generic Module Name LOCAL GOVERNANCE Alpha –numeric Code FSH127 Module numeric code 142127 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5

Main outcomes

To enable the learner to • Understand, analyse and critique the relationship

between municipalities, provision of services and the responsibility of citizens;

• Have a basic understanding of the nature of Local Government;

• Understand the various elements of community participation.

Main content

• The legal and democratic nature of Local Government • The role of municipalities in community development • Knowledge and application of legislative requirements

for community participation • Various techniques of community participation

180

• The relationship between municipalities, provision of services and the responsibility of citizens

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 15 Tests and Examinations: 10 Selfstudy 27 Total learning time 100

Methods of student assessment

Practical assignments Assignment writing Group tasks Written tests


ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT Generic module name ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH123 Module numeric code 142004 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 Main Outcomes To enable the learner to

• Have increased knowledge and understanding about organizational development processes and procedures;

• Identify elements needed to develop sustainable and strong community organizations and reflect on relations of power, ethics and accountability.

Main Content • A definition of Organisational Development and change theories

• How to do an organizational diagnosis • The planning, design and implementation of OD

interventions Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Self study 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

• Practical assignments • Workplace assessment • Assignment writing • Group tasks

181

Home Department FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

Module description RESEARCH PROJECT Generic module name RESEARCH PROJECT Alpha-numeric code FSH124 Module numeric code 142005 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 Main Outcomes To enable the learner to

• Formulate and understand a basic research problem/ hypothesis;

• Have a basic understanding of the processes of conducting research;

• Design a research study; • Conduct a basic research study to apply the findings to

improve the identified problem; • Write a research report which describes the different

steps in the research process.

Main Content • An introduction to Research • Different approaches/ methodologies • Different techniques in data gathering • The various processes of designing and conducting a

research project • How to write a research project

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None



Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Self study 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Production of a research report, based on a research study conducted by the student.


ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description WORKPLACE LEARNING Generic module name WORKPLACE LEARNING Alpha-numeric code FSH125 Module numeric code 142006 Credit Value 40 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5

182

Main Outcomes To enable the learner to • Through their work, display that they have acquired the

knowledge and skills of the areas that they have identified and share it with a learning partner;

• Apply the acquired knowledge and skills towards the growth and development of their organizations and communities;

• Identify and engage in integrated cross-curricular learning activities.

Main Content • The content of the curriculum forms the basis of the workplace learning module.


Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 120 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 60 Total Learning Time 400 Methods of Student Assessment

Practical assignments Workplace assessment Assignment writing Group tasks


ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS Generic module name TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS Alpha-numeric code FSH120 Module numeric code 142007 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 Main Outcomes To enable the learner to

• Understand the latest developments around education, Training and Development in South Africa;

• Understand, critically analyse and implement Adult Learning Theories;

• Make choices i.t.o. content and methodology of community interventions;

• Conduct learning needs assessment; • Define learning outcomes; • Plan, design, present and evaluate interventions like

workshops, seminars and campaigns; • Critically reflect on and evaluate their practices.

Main Content • The latest developments around Education, Training and Development in South Africa.

183

• Adult Learning Theories. • Steps in the Education, Training and Development

(ETD) process Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None



Hours


• Practical assignment. • Group tasks. • Assignment writing. • Workshop presentations.


ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT Generic module name GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH126 Module numeric code 142008 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 Main Outcomes To enable the learner to

• Understand the meaning of gender and the distinction between sex and gender;

• Be aware of themselves as gendered beings; • Understand the meaning of gender stereotyping; • Understand socialization and how this impacts on

gender issues; • Understand women’s practical and economical needs

and strategic interests; • Have a basic knowledge of gender polices. • Understand the link between Gender and HIV/AIDS

Main Content • Gender Policies • Gender Concepts • Women and the economy

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None


Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10

184

Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

• Assignment writing. • Group tasks. • Oral assessment.

Industrial Psychology General requirements: Students, who want recognition of Industrial Psychology as a major, must pass all modules. Students who wish to register for Honours must complete all Industrial Psychology modules. First Year Level: Consists of one semester module Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module topic INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE Alpha-numeric Code IPS131 (For non-EMS students only)

IPS132 (For EMS students only) Credit Value 15 Duration S (1st semester – IPS131) (2nd semester – IPS132) Module Type University Level 5 Main Outcomes • IPS131/132 introduces students to basic constructs in

the field of Psychology and Industrial Psychology. Specifically, students should be able to:

• Explain basic psychology concepts and constructs • Describe Industrial Psychology within the field of

Psychology • List and briefly describe the different personality theories • Explain individual differences at work • Briefly explain theories pertaining to Industrial

Psychology • Explain the background to and nature of Industrial and

Oganizational Psychology • Describe the basic principles of managing people and

their behaviour in organizations. Main Content • Schools of thought in Psychology and Industrial

Psychology • Individual behavioural processes • Social behaviour and processes • Personality in the work context • Employee and organizational well-being • Psychological methodologies

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p/week

185

Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p/w Tests & examinations: 8 Self-study: 56 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests and assignments (continuous evaluation) 60%; Final Examination 40%

Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic CAREER PSYCHOLOGY Generic module name CAREER PSYCHOLOGY Alpha-numeric code IPS231 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Programmes in which the module is offered.

Bcom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

Level 6 Main Outcomes IPS 231 serves as an introduction to the field of career

psychology. At the end of the course students should be able to: • Explain the concept: Career; • Discuss the evolving concept of career development. • Identify and discuss relevant career development issues

and its impact on both individuals and organizations; • Discuss the dimensions of the Career Cycle; • List and discuss the life cycle of an individual and the

impact of each stage on his/her career; • Discuss the various stages of career development; • Identify and discuss the challenges related to each of the

career development stages; • Explain the role of the organization and the individual with

regard to career development Main Content • Understand the meaning of work

• Career concepts and a Career Management Model • Career Choice • Career Anchors • Life and Career Stages • Organizational Choice • Changes in organizations and implications for careers • Organizational Support • Career Issues

Pre-requisites IPS132 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 4 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Practicals p.w. Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Final Examination 40% Continuous evaluation 60%

186

Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic PSYCHOMETRICS Generic module name PSYCHOMETRICS Alpha-numeric code IPS232 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Programmes in which the module is offered.

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

Level 6 Main Outcomes After completion of this course, students should be in

position to: • Explain the nature, characteristics, uses and abuses of

psychometric tests. • Describe the legislative and ethical framework

pertaining to psychometric tests based on the roles played by various users of psychological assessments;

• Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and determine fairness and bias involved.

• Clarify and define competency-based assessment Main Content • Development, nature, characteristics, application and

abuses of assessment techniques and psychological tests.

• Legislative and ethical framework governing test administration

• Multimodal methods of assessment • Competency-based assessment

Pre-requisites IPS131/IPS132 AND BUS131 or BUS132 (BCom); OR STA141 OR 141 (BAdmin/BA.) • Students must obtain a 50% pass mark in the above modules.



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 1 Assignments & tasks: 34 Tutorials p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment


Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Generic module name HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IPS233 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester (1st semester) Programmes in which the module is offered.

B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A.

Level 6

187

Main Outcomes IPS 233 serves as an introduction to the general field of personnel management. At the end of this course students should be able to: • Recall and explain the history of human resources

management • Explain the major role(s) and functions of a Human

Resources Department; • Recognise and evaluate the importance of

environmental factors impacting on the management of human resources;

• Apply knowledge of human resources functions in a real life-simulated scenario;

Main Content • Foundations of Human Resource Management • Job analysis & job design • Employee recruitment, selection & induction • Internal staffing • Performance appraisal & performance management • Employee training, management, development & career

management Pre-requisites IPS132 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w.1 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous evaluation 60% Final Examination 40%

Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic LABOUR RELATIONS Generic module name LABOUR RELATIONS Alpha-numeric code IPS234 Credit Value 10 Duration S Programmes in which the module is offered.

B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A.

Level 6 Main Outcomes IPS 234 introduces students to the field of labour relations in

theory, but also to the importance of sound labour relations between employers and employees in practice, in South Africa, specifically students should be able to: • Describe the environmental context of labour relations; • Explain the various parties involved in labour relations

and their respective roles; • Discuss the importance of promoting sound labour

relations in SA Main Content • Labour relations theory and perspectives

• The history of labour relations in SA • Environmental influence on labour relations

188

• Trade unions; goals, strategies and organizations • Management strategy and employer organizations • The role of the state, government strategies and the

state as employer • South African labour law • Collective bargaining law • Employee participation • Workplace agreements and procedures • The negotiation process • Conciliation, arbitration and Labour Court adjudication • Strikes and lock-outs

Pre-requisites IPS132 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous evaluation 60% Final Examination 40%

Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Generic module name ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Numeric Code IPS331 Alpha-numeric code IPS331 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Programmes in which the module is offered.


Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the course students should be able to:

• Define the concepts of Organizational Behavior • Trace the historical development & schools of thought. • Identify and discuss the fundamental characteristics of

the field. • Critically discuss the theories of motivation and

leadership. • Discuss the basic principles of group dynamics and team

work. • Apply theories of Organizational Behaviour to selected

cases. • Explain the impact of technology on modern

organizations Main Content • Motivation in organizations

• Group Dynamics & Team Work • Communication in Organizations • Decision-Making in Organizations • Influence, Power and Politics in Organizations

189

• Leadership in Organizations • Organizational Structure & Design • Technology in Organizations • Managing Organizational Change

Pre-requisites Any three of the following (3) modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233 and IPS234

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations IPS131/132 PLUS 331 Breakdown of Learning Time



Final Examination 40%, Continuous evaluation 60%,

Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Generic module name RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Alpha-numeric code IPS333 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Programmes in which the module is offered.


Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of this course students should be able to:

• Discuss the logic of scientific research. • Handle practical problems encountered during

research • Plan projects to solve problems • Conduct scientific research, inter alia, write a research

proposal, gather relevant information, analyse data, interpret the information and come to appropriate conclusions.

• Write a research report Main Content • Different methods of acquiring knowledge

• The Scientific Method applied to social reality • Problem formulation, hypothesis formulation • Types of research design • Data collection, analysis and interpretation • Writing a research report

Pre-requisites Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations IPS 131/132 PLUS 331 Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w.

190

Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic ERGONOMICS Generic module name ERGONOMICS Numeric Code IPS334 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Programmes in which the module is offered.


Level 7 Main Outcomes On completion of this module students should be able to:

• Think critically about underlying ergonomic principles, theories and constructs

• Be proficient in applying ergonomic principles/ aspects in the design of workstations for both the able and disabled individuals

• Identify, analyze and evaluate ergonomic theory efficiently and effectively and recommend solutions to selected cases

• Develop coherent arguments when evaluating ergonomic theory/cases and recommending solutions

Main Content • Explore the fundamental concepts of ergonomics • Apply ergonomics in the design/improvement of

products, equipment and the work environment • Compare the various human technology systems and

approaches • Address how humans process information • Identify how human performance is affected by task,

machine, workspace and environment • Consider the importance of anthropometric data in the

design of equipment • Address issues relating to workplace design (namely,

environmental factors, physical factors, psychological factors, Interpersonal factors and temporal conditions of work) which influence behaviour, health and safety and impact performance and productivity

• Be aware of how posture and movement impact on performance and productivity and contribute to injuries

• Develop an awareness of the special needs category of the population (namely. Gender, pregnant women and the disabled

• Ascertain how stress affects people and performance • Address ergonomics as part of a business strategy


Co-requisites None


191




Final Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation 60%

Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Generic module name CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Alpha-numeric code IPS335 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester (1st semester) Programmes in which the module is offered.

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, B.A.

Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the module the students will be able to:

• Define consumer behaviour • Describe the marketing concept • Describe market segmentation • Explain and contrast consumer research and compile a

questionnaire • Describe individual consumer related aspects • Describe social and cultural consumer related aspects • Describe the consumer decision-making process • Explain the role of individual, social and cultural related

consumer aspects in consumer decision-making Apply their knowledge of consumer behaviour in designing an advertisement

Main Content • Market segmentation and marketing concept • Consumer research • Consumer as individual: • Motivation • Personality • Perception • Learning • Attitude formation and change • Communication • Consumer in social and cultural setting: • Reference groups and family influences • Social class • Culture • Consumer’s decision-making process: • Consumer influence and diffusion of innovations Decision-making and beyond


Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

192


Hours Timetable Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practical p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION Generic module name NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION Alpha-numeric code IPS336 Credit Value 15 Duration S (1st semester ) Programmes in which the module is offered.


Level 7 Main Outcomes IPS 336 serves as an introduction to negotiation and conflict

resolution within the context of labour relations in South Africa. At the end of the course students should be able to: • Apply conflict handling skills and handle negotiations in

a problem-solving manner. • Exert certain behaviour in negotiations that is conducive

to integrative bargaining. Conclude negotiations and implement agreements successfully.

Main Content • The nature of conflict • The nature of negotiation • Competitive negotiation • Alternatives to competitive negotiation • Negotiation communication skills • Behaviour of successful negotiators


Co-requisites None




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment


193

Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module Topic TRAINING MANAGEMENT Generic module name TRAINING MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IPS337 Credit Value 15 Duration S Programmes in which the module is offered.


Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the module the student will be able to:

• Identify international and local trends in HRD, with specific reference to ETD practices and legislation (The Skills Development Act, etc).

• Comprehend the need for the establishment of a culture of life-long learning in the workplace, and the transition from a focus on training to a focus on performance improvement.

• Describe and provide practical guidelines for each of the phases of the training process – need analysis, designing and planning, implementation and evaluation.

• Design a basic training programme, based on needs analysis conducted in a real work situation and taking into account all factors involved in the management of the HRD function (budgeting, administration, etc).

Main Content • International and local trends in human resource development

• The transformational purpose and principles underpinning the skills development legislation

• The learning organization and performance management

• Conducting training needs analysis • Practical guidelines for the design of various

interventions • Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing, budgeting

etc) • Guidelines for:

- technology-based learning (TBL) - Adult Basic Education and - Training (ABET) - Multi-skilling - EE and diversity training

• Conducting evaluation of a learning intervention in the workplace using the most appropriate techniques, based upon an outcomes-based assessment system.


Co-requisites None




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1

194

Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Final Examination 40%, Continuous Evaluation 60% (Tests, Assignments)

Information Systems Undergraduate Syllabus PLEASE NOTE: - The Department of Information Systems may decide to limit the number of students

accepted into IFS second- and third year modules depending on the amount of resources available. Selection, in this event, will mainly be based on first year IFS marks.

- The IFS second year, Stream 2 modules (IFS 232, IFS 234) are not offered on a part time basis, and only a limited number of students will be accepted for full-time modules. Students who wish to register for this particular stream must submit their names to the Department of Information Systems before the last day of classes of the previous academic year. Selection will be based on first year IFS marks.

- IFS341, IFS342 IFS324 and IFS351 will not be offered on a part-time basis. First Year: (Fundamentals of Information Systems) Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module topic INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Code IFS131/132 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Faculty Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of this unit the student will:

• Be able to utilize personal computer technology effectively and productively.

• Be able to use the computer to organise and manage information at a personal level.

• Understand the structure, activities & dynamics of organisations

• Understand the role of information systems in different organisations

• Understand the place of the information systems department in organisations

• Be practiced in the workings of a typical business information system

Main Content • Introduction to computer hardware and software and using them.

• Organisations & their activities and • The roles that IS play in organisations Introduction to means whereby IS can improve business performance

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

195



Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours (16 weeks X 3 Lecture Slots) Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 8 hours (3 x 2hr tests) Practicals: 32 hours (16 weeks X 2 tutorial slots) Selfstudy 36 hours Total Learning Time 164 hours Methods of Student Assessment

Theory tests & assignments, practical tests & assignments (60%), and examinations (40%).

Second Year Stream 1: (IFS Management) Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic BUSINESS ANALYSIS Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric Code IFS231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First


Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate: • An understanding of the basic components of a business

process model including activities, data flows, data stores, material flows, material stores, and external entities.

• The ability to develop business process models from written evidence and from interviews.

• The capacity to critically appraise a business process model for completeness and accuracy.

• An understanding of the basic components of data and entity relationship models including entities, associative entities, relationships and data specification.

• The ability to develop data and entity models from written evidence and from interviews.

• an understanding of normalization • The capacity to critically appraise a data or entity

relationship model for completeness and accuracy. Main Content

• Introduction to systems analysis • Analysis and documenting of business processes • Data modeling • Foundations of database design

Pre-requisite modules BCom Students (3-year programme)

IFS131/IFS132 and QSC131/132 or MAT126 and ALC131/132

196

BCom Students (4-year programme) and BAdmin Students IFS131/IFS132 and QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 and ALC131/132 BsC Students (3-year programme) IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 AND COS114 OR COS124 AND EED127 AND MAT105 OR STA111 BSc Students (4-year programme) IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 or ISC153 AND MAT151 OR IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 AND Physics 151(2010) And MAT151


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 60 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 20 Tutorials p.w. Self-study 64 Practical: Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment

Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IFS233 Credit Value 20 Duration SEMESTER (2nd Semester) Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student must:

• Demonstrate the ability to develop refined simple project networks.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the basic characteristics of work breakdown structures and have the ability to organize them, from a detailed description of project and systems requirements.

• Be able to check and process basic timesheet data. • Demonstrate an understanding of the essential

components of a periodic project report and develop such a report from the basic time sheet inputs and meeting notes.

• Be able to identify the component parts of a systems test

• Demonstrate an understanding of test scripts and an ability to prepare such from systems requirement documentation.

• Be able to explain and organize the implementation tasks involved in handing a system over to the users, including physical accommodation of the system, training and fault reporting.

197

• Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between project completion meetings and post-implementation reviews, and be able to plan and to report on them.

Main Content • Project Planning & Control • Techniques for project control including network charts,

specification of tasks and deliverables, and the application of time and work measurement.

• Problems of completing the IS development work • Testing the quality of the completed system, and • Handing systems over and helping with user

acceptance Pre-requisites IFS231 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time- table requirements per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w None Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment

Stream 2: (IS Development) Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING Generic Module Name INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING Alpha-numeric code IFS232 (1st Semester) Module numeric code IFS232 Credit Value 20 Duration SEMESTER Level 6 Main Outcomes After the course students must demonstrate:

• The ability to understand and code HTML pages, and make use of CSS attributes;

• An understanding of the basic principles of object-oriented computer programming;

• The ability to design and code client-side browser applications using the Javascript language

• An understanding of the design and operating principles of relational databases

Main Content • Development of client-side browser application modules and simple databases through an object-oriented scripting approach

Pre-requisites IFS131/IFS 132 pass requirement at 60%, QSC131/132 & ALC131/132



Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56

198

Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment


Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT Generic Module Name SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT Alpha-numeric code IFS234 Credit Value 20 Duration SEMESTER (2nd Semester) Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student must demonstrate:

• The ability to develop a software application project. • An understanding of relational database theory • The ability to program data objects • An understanding of the relationship between software

applications and data sources in the context of an information system.

• An understanding of the process involved in the development of a functional software application

• The ability to participate in and contribute functionally to the process of application design

• Produce the design for and a working instance of a fully functional server-side software application

Main Content • Database-driven application development skills • The ability to participate in the design and production of

a real-world server-side software application Pre-requisites IFS232 Pass requirement, QSC131/132 & ALC131/132 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment


Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Databases and Data Modelling Generic Module Name Databases and Data Modelling Alpha-numeric Code IFS242 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester

199

Proposed semester to be offered.

First


BCom (IS)

Year level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student will be able to:

• Understand the principles of relational and object-oriented databases

• Understand the role of databases in modern information systems

• Design relational databases of moderate complexity • Abstract table structure from data requirement

statements • Understand the principles of primary- and foreign-key

data relationships • Utilise the SQL language to query databases • Utilise a modern relational database management

system using the data manipulation language and the data definition language

• Model data relationships Main Content • The theory and application of relational and object-

oriented databases • Data-oriented modelling theory and application • Unified Modelling Language • Object-oriented design principles • The object-oriented development life cycle

Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132, QSC132 or QSF131 or MAM126 and ALC132


None




60% test assignments and tutorials

40% final assessment


Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Business Information Systems Generic Module Name Business Information Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFS244 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

200


BCom(IS)


• Understand the range, function and nature of the diversity of business information systems

• Understand the interrelationships between business information systems

• Apply Information Systems theory and principles that will improve business performance in the context of business cases and scenarios

• Apply key concepts of operations management and their applications in the business environment

• Articulate the contribution of information and the associated technologies to supporting corporate objectives, adding value and generating competitive advantage for the organisation

• Develop objectives and strategic plans for the development of integrated information systems within large and small organisations in the manufacturing, commercial and service sectors

• Understand the role of data and business intelligence in supporting management decision making

• Define the digital enterprise, and identify the unique characteristics of eCommerce and eBusiness systems as they relate to the digital enterprise

Main Content • Management Information Systems • Business intelligence • Decision support systems • Expert systems • Electronic commerce and transaction processing systems • Specialised information systems – virtual reality, special- purpose systems, artificial intelligence

Pre-requisite modules IFS131/132

Co-requisite modules IFS231, IFS242


None




60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment


201

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems

Design Generic Module Name Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems

Design Alpha-numeric Code IFS251 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First


BCom (IS)


• Demonstrate an understanding of the history of systems development and the requirement for a new approach to systems development

• Demonstrate an understanding of the costs and benefits of object-oriented design techniques

• Demonstrate an understanding of system models and modelling

• Apply basic data-oriented models and modelling techniques

• Apply the theory of object-oriented abstraction and design

• Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of software objects, polymorphism and inheritance

• Demonstrate an understanding of the properties of objects and classes

• Use Unified Modelling Language to create visual object-oriented data models

• Apply basic object-oriented approach in software development

• Apply the principles of abstraction to design software objects

• Demonstrate an understanding of the object-oriented development life-cycle

• Utilise data-oriented models and entity relationship diagrams

• Demonstrate an understanding of requirements modelling

• Write introductory level object-oriented software in a higher-order object-oriented programming language

Main Content • The theory and application of object-oriented design principles

• Applied introductory level object-oriented techniques in systems and software

• The object-oriented software design paradigm • Systems and software modelling • Unified Modelling Language • The object-oriented development life-cycle

202

Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132, QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 or MAM126 and ALC131/132.

Co-requisite modules IFS242 Prohibited module Combination

None





Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Applied Object-oriented Principles Generic Module Name Applied Object-oriented Principles Alpha-numeric Code IFS262 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second


BCom(IS)

Year level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student will:

• Design software and data objects using object-oriented principles and abstraction

• Utilise a modern object-oriented programming language to apply the principles of object-oriented design and programming

• Build coherent, non-trivial object-oriented software applications at intermediate level

• Utilise a modern relational database management system interface in object-oriented software applications

• Demonstrate applied human computer interface implementation and its user interface design techniques

Main Content • Modern object-oriented design and abstraction principles • The syntax and application of a modern object-oriented

programming language • Interfacing databases with object-oriented software • Human computer interface theory and application

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules IFS242, IFS251 Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3

203

Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment


Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Systems Engineering Principles Generic Module Name Systems Engineering Principles Alpha-numeric Code IFS363 Level 7 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First


BCom(IS)

Year level 3 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student will:

• Demonstrate an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature of systems engineering

• Demonstrate an understanding of the decomposition of the system engineering process into a Systems Engineering Technical process, and a Systems Engineering Management Process

• Identify the relationship between the various systems engineering stages

• Demonstrate the incorporation of feedback into engineering processes

• Apply the principles of complexity management • Utilise systems engineering tools • Perform systems requirements analyses at an

introductory level • Utilise the modern systems and software testing theories

and models Main Content • Systems and software engineering scope

• Systems and software engineering process • Complexity management • Systems modeling • Systems engineering tools • Requirements analysis • Systems and software testing

Pre-requisite modules IFS242, IFS251 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 90 Practicals p.w. 0

204

Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment


Assessment Module type CFA Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY Generic Module Name IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY Numeric Code IFS 361 Alpha-numeric code IFS361 Credit Value 30 Duration SEMESTER (1st semester) Programmes in which the module is offeres

BCom, BCom 4-year, BAdmin

Level 7 Main Outcomes After the course students must:

• Understand how businesses create value and how information systems assist in value creation.

• Understand the principles of strategic planning as it affects information systems.

• Understand the different contribution that information systems can make in different strategic situations

• Understand the activities that contribute to good project management and the competencies that support it.

• Be able to work effectively (in a large organisation) in a project office, or (in a smaller organisation) in a junior project management role.

• Be able to critically appraise and comment on project plans prepared by others.

Main Content • Introduction to the possible contributions that information Systems can make in strategic planning.

• The key activities in computer operations • The management of IT resources and IT suppliers. • Introduction to the basics of project management adding

to the prior second level module that deals with project control.

• Accepted international frameworks for project management.

Pre-requisites Pass requirement IFS233 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time Table requirements per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor 48 Lectures p.w.3 Assignment & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. 1 Tests & Examination 12 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g (CAF)


205

Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEM Module Topic IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE Generic Module Name IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE Alpha-numeric code IFS362 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester (2nd semester) Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom, BAdmin

Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the course students must demonstrate an

ability to: • critically appraise infrastructure plans for completeness

and coherency. • understand of normal computer room operations. • explain service management concepts and define

effective service level measures. • understand modern systems architecture and its

relationship and application to infrastructure Main Content • The key activities in information systems operations

• The management of IT resources and IT suppliers. • Infrastructure management. • Systems architecture

Pre-requisites IFS361 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-Table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignment & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 12 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)


Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS Generic Module Name IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS Alpha-numeric code IFS352 (1ST semester) Credit Value 30 Duration SEMESTER Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student should be able to:

• Understand different paradigms within IS. • perceive and understand how IS as a discipline forms

part of a set of interrelated cultural, social, political and other systems.

• understand the origins of the information age. • understand the philosophical principles of academic

writing and publishing in IFS, and be able to apply them. • Understand the ethical issues raised during eh process

of conducting research

206

• understand the nature and progress of scientific enquiry, and its application to IFS

• Have knowledge of various research methods used in IFS research.

• Be able to find and evaluate information critically for research purposes

• Be able to write a research proposal. • Be able to interpret and use research output in IFS

Main Content • IFS from a philosophical perspective. • This module is a prerequisite for the full-time Honours in

IFS. • Introduction to research methods in IFS. • This module is a prerequisite for the Honours in IFS.

Pre-requisites Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2nd-year IFS modules.


Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Tests & Examination 12 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment


Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS351 (Not offered part-time) Credit Value 30 Duration SEMESTER (2nd Semester) Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom, BAdmin

Level 7 Main Outcomes Outcomes for this module will be announced before

October of the previous year Main Content • This module will be presented by visiting scholars and/or

other specialists and might change every year in line with current issues in IS.

• Detail on the topics will be announced on the website and elsewhere before October of the previous year.

Pre-requisites Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement IFS131/IFS132

Co-requisites None



Hours B. Amended time-Table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignment & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w.

207

Tests & Examinations: 12 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)


Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS341 Credit Value 30 Duration SEMESTER (2nd Semester) Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom, BAdmin

Level 7 Main Outcomes The outcomes of this module will be determined during the

first half of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website before April of each year

Main Content Information about topics in this module will be announced on Departmental website before April of each year

Pre-requisites Registered for BCom as an Information Systems Specialist and pass requirement IFS 233



Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignment & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 12 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)


(Not offered in 2016) Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Generic Module Name DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Alpha-numeric code IFS342 Credit Value 30 Duration SEMESTER Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom, BAdmin

Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student must be able to:

• understand and apply the principles of object-oriented design for data storage and management systems

• explain the principles of data warehousing and the critical factors that lead to success.

• refer to case studies in different business areas and explain the different motivations for investing in volume data management.

208

• transform data into business intelligence using information technology.

Main Content • Object-oriented data storage and management • Basic concepts of data modelling • Data mining foundations • Data mining methods • Business applications of data mining - tools and

techniques that allow an organisation to manage its volume data, and to get value out of it.

• Transforming data into business intelligence Pre-requisites Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two

2nd year IFS Modules. Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer/tutor: 64 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignment & tasks: 120 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 20 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 96 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)


(Not offered in 2016) Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS324 (2nd semester) Credit Value 30 Duration SEMESTER Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student must:

• The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website before April of each year

Main Content • Information about topics in this module will be announced on Departmental website before April of each year

Pre-requisites Registered for BCom Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time- table requirements per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 12 Practicals p.w None Practicals: 28 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment


209

Law Faculty Module Descriptors

Mercantile Law

Home Department Mercantile Law Module Topic Mercantile Law Generic Module Name Mercantile Law 102 Alpha Numeric Code MER102 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Second


B.Com(Acc) and B.Com

Level 5 Year level 1 Main Outcomes 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL

SYSTEM Introduction to study of law Aim To explain the basic structure of our legal system. Objectives Students should • know the sources of law; • know the South African legal system; • understand the principles of the Constitution of the

Republic of South Africa, 1996 (Act 108 of 1996, as amended);

• be able to state the current principles governing delictual liability; and

• understand unjustified enrichment. Interpretation of statues Aim To give basic guidance on legal rules for interpreting statutes. Have a broad understanding of the Interpretation Act 33 of 1957. Objectives Students should be able to • apply basic rules to solve problems; and • interpret statutes. 2. LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE RELEVANT STATUTES IS REQUIRED General principles of the law of contract and agency Aim To establish a clear understanding of the legal principles operative in this area, especially in those aspects where conflict can often arise in practice. Objectives Students should be able to • interpret the provisions of a contract on behalf of clients; and • assess the liability of clients and other parties to an agency agreement.

210

Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring Aim To establish the principles governing trading transactions and the rights and responsibilities of parties to a contract of purchase and sale, and letting and hiring. Objectives Students should be able to • determine when a valid purchase/sale has been

concluded; • recognise difficult situations in which the validity is

questioned; and • explain in practical terms the consequences of lease

transactions to clients. Basic principles of Employment Contract: Students should be able to identify and interpret the essential elements of an employment contract. Objectives: Students should be able to • determine if a valid employment contract was concluded • determine the rights and duties of employer and employee in terms of the employment contract. 3. LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT THE ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED Aim An awareness of the relevant legislation as well as what the act is seeking to achieve with regard to legal principles of this area. Objective Students should be able to describe the general principles of law relating to such transactions.

Main Content 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL SYSTEM Introduction to study of law Main divisions of law • Common law • Statute Delict, contract and unjustified enrichment • The distinction between a delict and the principles of delictual liability The distinction between civil and criminal law The operation of judicial precedent as a source of law Bill of Rights (essence) 2. LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE RELEVANT STATUTES / COMMON LAW IS REQUIRED General principles of the law of contract and agency Contract • Definition and essential elements • Agreement – intention to create obligations • Capacity to contract • Legality • Physical possibility of performance • Formalities • Voidable contracts • Misrepresentation • Duress

211

• Undue influence • Error (mistake) • Operation of contract • Parties affected by the contract • Contents of the contract • Obligations arising from the contract • Cession, delegation and variation of contract • Termination of contract • Performance – agreement – operation of law • Breach of contract – forms of breach • Remedies for breach Law of agency • Nature • Formation • Relationships of principal and agent • Rights and liabilities to third parties to contracts made by agent • Agents’ rights and liabilities to third parties • Termination Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring Law of sale • Introduction and definition • The goods • The price, effect of contracts of sale on passing of ownership • Cash and credit sales • The risk • Duties of the seller • Seller’s warranty against latent defects • Seller’s warranty against eviction • Duties of the buyer • National Credit Act • Usury Act Law of letting and hiring • Introduction and definition • Formalities • The object of the contract • The identity of the property to be let • The rent • Duration of leases • Renewal of leases • Duties of the lessor • The lessor’s warranty against eviction • Duties of the lessee • Landlord’s hypothec • Termination of leases • Assignment and subletting Employment contract: • Basic Principles • Rights & Duties of Employer & Employee • Impact of Constitution

212

3. LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT THE ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED Law relating to property transactions • Sectional Titles Act 95 of 1986, as 5ecogni • Share Block Schemes Act • Alienation of Land Act, 1981 • Time sharing schemes • Rights of purchasers • Protection of tenants Law of mortgage and pledge • Parties to the mortgage or pledge • Types of mortgages and pledge • Effect of a mortgage or pledge • Extinction of mortgages and pledges • Foreclosure • Tacit securities – Liens

Pre-requisites ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of learning time


Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 Lectures p.w.4 Assignments & tasks: 24 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment: 20 Tutorials p.w.0 Self Study 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of student assessment:

2 tests(both compulsory)=CAM Coursework : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark

Assessment module type: CAF Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Mercantile Law Module Topic Mercantile Law Generic Module Name Mercantile Law 221 Alpha Numeric Code MCR221 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

First


B.Com(Acc) and B.Com

Level 6 Year level 2 Main Outcomes Students will have acquired an understanding of the general

principles, basic aspects and rules regulating the Law relating to Insolvency, Negotiable Instruments, including Electronic Payments and Transactions. In addition students will have developed an understanding of how these principles operate in practice.

Main Content The Law of Insolvency which includes (inter alia) a comparison between voluntary surrender and compulsory sequestration, effect and consequence of sequestration on

213

the insolvent, the insolvent estate and the solvent spouse, rehabilitation. The Law of Negotiable Instruments, including basic principles of cheque law and including the law relating to Electronic Payments and Transactions.

Pre-requisites MER102 Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of learning time

Hours Time Table requirements per week

Contact with lecturer/ tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 0 Lectures pw 3 Practicals: 0 Practicals p.w 0 Assessments 5 Tutorials p.w. 0 Self Study 53 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of student assessment

There will be two test opportunities during the semester of which at least one test is compulsory. Students can therefore choose which test to write and the mark for such test will constitute the student’s coursework mark. Should any student opt to utilize both test opportunities, the coursework mark will be the average mark of the two tests. 1 examination Coursework mark = 50% of final mark Examination mark = 50% of final mark

Assessment module type CAF

Programme: Mathematical & Statistical Sciences For information regarding the Mathematical and Statistical Sciences programmes please refer to the Science Faculty Undergraduate year book. Business statistics 131 BUS131 Business statistics 132 BUS132 Statistics 142 STA142 Department of Political Studies First Year Level Modules Codes: POL : Political Studies SVK : Pass requirement Home Department DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Alpha-numeric code POL131 Credit Value 15 Duration S Module Type University

214

Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of the course the student will be able to:

• identify and describe the essential characteristics of politics and the state in a national and international context (e.g. authority, power, legitimacy and sovereignty)

• outline the development of political institutions • provide the theoretical foundations for the study of

international relations • identify and describe key factors, issues and trends in

national and international politics • develop the basic techniques and knowledge necessary

to pursue further study in the field of Political Science and International Relations

Main Content • Key features of contemporary political dynamics and state structures

• Key theoretical approaches to the study of international relations

• Political trends in national and international politics • Key concepts in the fields of Political Science and

International Relations, e.g. power and authority • The impact of historical trends on current political

structures at the national and global level Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 hrs Assignments & tasks: 30 hrs Tests & examinations: 8 hrs Practical’s: 0 Self-study 56 hrs Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 hrs Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 50% Examination (50%)

Faculty EMS Home Department Political Studies Module Topic South African Politics and the Environment Generic Module Name South African Politics and the Environment Alpha-numeric Code POL142 NQF Level 5 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester


BA, LLb, BCom (Extended Programme) and all non-EMS students requiring the module as an elective

Year level 1st

215

Main Outcomes At the end of the module a student should be able to: • Explain the political context in which the South African

government functions, including South Africa’s transition to democracy;

• Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid South Africa

• Understand South Africa’s position in a regional and international context;

• Analyse the environment as a political issue and policy problem of sustainable development generally and in South Africa specifically

• Compare the central ideas of green political thought, e.g. ecologism and environmental justice

• Provide a typology of environmental groups and an analysis of their impact

• Describe governmental and corporate responses to environmental problems, e.g. international climate change agreements to reduce greenhouse gasses

Main Content • South Africa’s political transition from apartheid to democracy

• South African political parties (policies and historical foundations)

• Trends in South African elections since 1994 • The South African political economy and its regional and

global context • Introduction to environmental politics and environmental

sustainability as a policy issue in South Africa • Green political thought (ecologism/environmentalism) • Environmental groups (green parties and activist groups) • Political challenges of responses to environmental

questions (at the South African and international political level)




GOV132; ESS112



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42hrs Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 8 hrs Selfstudy 70 hrs 0 Other: Please specify 0 0 Total Learning Time 150hrs Method of Student Assessment

Assignments, Tasks, Tests (50%) Examination (50%)


216

Module Name South African Politics and Government Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Generic module name SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code GOV132 Credit Value 15 Duration S Module Type University Level 5 Main Outcomes After completion of the module learners should be able to:

• Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa’s transition to democracy;


• Evaluate South Africa’s position in regional and international context;

• Explain the interface between politics and economics in South Africa

• Describe the constitutional framework of the South African government

• Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and theories of South African central and provincial government structures

Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial government of South Africa



• Trends in South African elections since 1994 • The South African political economy and its regional

and global context • Classification of and relationships between the

legislative, judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa

• The composition and structure of branches of the South African government

• Division of government functions and services between central, provincial and local spheres of government in South Africa

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 hrs Assignments & tasks: 30 hrs Tests & examinations: 8 hrs

217

Practical’s: Self-study 56 hrs Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 hrs Methods of Student Assessment


Second Year Level Modules SVK :Pol 131 (previously 101, 111 and 112) (at least 50%) or GOV132 (previously 102, 121 and 122) (at least 40%) OR POL142 Any four modules may be selected in consultation with the department. Faculty EMS Home Department Political Studies Module Topic South Africa in Comparative Political Context Generic module name South Africa in Comparative Political Context Alpha-numeric code POL231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st or 2nd


B.Admin; BA

Year Level 2nd Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

• Describe concepts, employ methods and apply theoretical perspectives in the field of comparative politics

• Apply these concepts, methods and theories to compare South African political institutions with other selected case studies

• Analyse the latest debates and controversies in South African politics and political-economy using a comparative context (in relation to other case studies)

Main Content • Comparative method in Political Studies • Political institutions • Contemporary debates in South African politics • Political-economic issues in South Africa • Selected comparative case studies

Pre-requisites POL131 AND GOV132 OR POL142

Co-requisites None


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 70 Practicals p.w. Assessment 0 Tutorials p.w. 1

218

Practicals: 8 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Evaluation (50%), e.g. Class Test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

Assessment Module type CFA Faculty EMS Home Department Political Studies Module Topic International Political Dynamics Generic module name International Political Dynamics Alpha-numeric code POL232 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st or 2nd


B.Admin; BA

Year Level 2nd Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

• Define concepts related to the study of foreign policy and international institutions, e.g. diplomacy, global governance, and international regimes

• Describe and explain the formation and nature of international institutions in terms of IR theories, e.g. regional integration and regime theory

• Identify and explain economic, political and military instruments of foreign policy

• Explain the origin and evaluate the purpose and shortcomings of selected international organisations, e.g. the United Nations and the African Union

• Analyze and evaluate foreign policy issues by explaining how individual, state and system level factors impact on a state’s foreign policy

Main Content • Main definitions, concepts, approaches and theories in the study of foreign policy and international institutions

• The role of state leadership, domestic politics and a state’s position and power in foreign policy-making

• Selected foreign policy issues • International cooperation through international

institutions • Regional integration and international regime formation • Global governance with specific reference to

international organisations, such as the United Nations or the African Union

Pre-requisites POL131 AND GOV132 OR POL142

Co-requisites None


None

219



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 70 Practicals p.w. Assessment 0 Practicals: 8 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Evaluation (50%), e.g. Class Test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department POLITICAL STUDIES Module Topic Capita Selecta in Political Studies Generic Module Name Capita Selecta in Political Studies Alpha-numeric Code POL233 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st or 2nd


B Admin; BA

Main Outcomes

At the end of this module students should be able to: • Describe and explain concept related to the selected

topic in Political Studies • Evaluate theories or approaches related to the selected

topic in Political Studies • Critically review literature on the selected topic • Analyse key events, actors and/or processes related to a

selected topic

Main Content

• Conceptual clarification on a selected topic in Political Studies

• Theories or approaches in the study of a selected topic • Literature Review on a selected topic • Key events, actors and processes related to a selected

topic

Pre-requisite modules Pol131 AND GOV 132/ POL142



None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 70 Tutorials Practicals: 0

220

Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 200 Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial

Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

Assessment Module Type CFA Third Year Pass POL131, GOV132 OR POL142 plus three second year level credits in Political Studies. Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department POLITICAL STUDIES Module Topic Political Theory Generic Module Name Political Theory Alpha-numeric Code POL331 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st or 2nd


B Admin; BA

Year level 3rd Main Outcomes

At the end of this module students should be able to: • Describe and evaluate important contemporary political

theories • Compare theories with respect to relevant criteria, e.g.

their view on the sources of authority and power in society\

• Identify proponents of these theories and explain their contribution to the development of political though

• Critically explain the nature and political functions of political ideas

• Compare selected ideologies • Situate political theories and ideologies in historical

context

Main Content

• Selected political theories • Arguments and critique of proponents of these theories • Political uses of ideologies • History of political ideas

Pre-requisite modules Any three from the following: POL211, POL213,

POL221,POL224 OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures Assessments: 8 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 100 Tutorials

221

Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 150 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial


Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department POLITICAL STUDIES Module Topic Research Methodology In Political Studies Generic Module Name Research Methodology In Political Studies Alpha-numeric Code POL332 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st or 2nd


B Admin; BA


At the end of this module students should be able to: • Identify and evaluate different research approaches and

methods used in Political studies • Design a basic research project on a selected topic by

describing a research problem; formulating a research question, research aims and objectives, a hypothesis or propositions; and choosing the appropriate method(s) to gather and analyse data

• Execute a basic research project on topic in political Studies

Main Content

• Various research approaches and methodologies • Research design • Research problem, question, aims and objectives • Basic research project on a selected topic • Data gathering and analysis

Pre-requisite modules Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221, POL224 OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures 2 Assessments: 8 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 120 Tutorials Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 130 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial


Assessment Module Type CFA

222

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department POLITICAL STUDIES Module Topic Capita Selecta in Political Studies Generic Module Name Capita Selecta in Political Studies Alpha-numeric Code POL333 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st or 2nd


B Admin; BA


At the end of this module students should be able to: • Describe and explain concepts related to the selected

topic in Political Studies • Critically evaluate, compare and contrast theories or

approaches related to the selected topic in Political Studies

• Critically review literature on the selected topic • Critically analyse key events, actors and/or processes

related to selected topic. Main Content

• Conceptual clarification on a selected topic in Political Studies

• Theories or approaches in the study of selected topic • Critical Literature Review on a selected topic • Key events, actors and processes related to a selected

topic Pre-requisite modules Any three from the following: POL211, POL213,

POL221,POL224 OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233


None



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures 2 Assessments: 8 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 120 Tutorials Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 130 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial


Assessment Module Type CFA

223

Public Administration First Year Level Courses The course consists of two sections Home Department School of Government: Public Administration Module topic Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration

and Management Generic module name Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration

and Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA131 Credit Value 15 Duration S Module Type University Level 6 Main Outcomes After completion of the module learners should be in a

position to: • Possess a comprehensive introduction to the discipline

of public administration/management from its early days to the present

• Demonstrate an understanding of the role and scope of the activity of public administration or public management and in the context of the contemporary state

• Analyse the patterns of interaction between public administration at work, and other formal political institutions of the state and as well as other components of civil society

• Evaluate the role of public administration in the process of public policy-making

• Examine and evaluate the on-going changing role and scope of the state and its administration

• Understand and analyse the importance of the administration and/or management of public affairs and the role and functions of the public manager within this context

• Understand theories of local government and comprehend the structure of local government in South Africa

Main Content • Public Administration as a field of study • Government functions and services • Intergovernmental relations • The relationship between governance and public

management • Policy implementation, impact and evaluation • The role of and functions of the public manager • An introduction to the composition and structure of the

local sphere of government. • The importance, role, functions, structures and process

of the local sphere of government in South Africa

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

224


Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 hrs Tests & examinations: 10 hrs Assignments & Tasks 40 hrs Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 58 hrs Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 hrs Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments, Tasks 15% Group case study 20% Tests 25% Assessment (40%)

Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Generic module name SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code GOV132 Credit Value 15 Duration S Module Type University Level 5 Main Outcomes After completion of the module learners should be able to:

• Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa’s transition to democracy;


• Evaluate South Africa’s position in regional and international context;

• Explain the interface between politics and economics in South Africa

• Describe the constitutional framework of the South African government

• Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and theories of South African central and provincial government structures

• Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial government of South Africa



• Trends in South African elections since 1994 • The South African political economy and its regional

and global context • Classification of and relationships between the

legislative, judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa

• The composition and structure of branches of the South African government

225

• Division of government functions and services between central, provincial and local spheres of government in South Africa


Hours



Second Year Level Courses Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the department. Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Generic module name PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code PUA211 Credit Value 10 Duration Term Module Type University Level 6 Main Outcomes After completion of the module learners will be able to:

• Explain the terminology, elements, categories, principles, criteria and methodology of human resource management.

• Explain the role and functions of the public manager in human resource management.

• Explain the nature and dynamics of the personnel provision and utilisation phases of the human resource management process.

• Apply the fundamentals of human resource management to public sector human resource management.

Main Content Fundamentals of human resource management Human resource provisioning Human resource utilization Role of and functions of public manager in human resource management

Pre-requisites PUA 131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

HOURS

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 21 hours Contact with tutor: 12 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours

226

Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study 10% Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15% Evaluation of research assignment 15% Examination 40%

Module Name PUA 212: Public Policy Analysis Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS Generic module name PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric Code PUA212 Credit Value 10 Duration Term Module Type University Level 6 Main Outcomes After completion of the module, learners will be able to:

• Explain the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of policy.

• Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process.

• Apply public policy analysis methodologies to policy issues.

• Design a Policy Issue Paper which reflects the structuring of a policy issue.

Main Content • The identification, structuring, assessment and prioritisation of public policy issues.

• The design of public policy projects. • The implementation of public policy projects. • The control, evaluation and review of public policy

projects. Pre-requisites PUA131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours


227

Home Department School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Administration and Democracy Generic module name Administration and Democracy Alpha-numeric Code PUA213 Credit Value 10 Duration Term Module Type University Level 6 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Examine and explain contemporary issues of Public Administration with the administrative, social, economic and political values of a democratic state.

• Examine and apply various approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy to contemporary South African Public Administration.

• Synthesize research findings on public administration and democracy in South Africa.

Main Content • Contemporary issues of South African Public Administration in relation to administrative, social, economic and political values of a democratic state.

• Approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy.

Pre-requisites PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer 33 hours Assignments & tasks 3 hours0 Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals Total learning time 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment

Assignment & tasks: 15% Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of Personal Portfolio process 15%

Home Department School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Public Financial Management Generic module name Public Financial Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA221 Credit Value 10 Duration Term Module Type University Level 6 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Explain the fundamentals of public sector financial management: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations; and theories of public financial management.

228

• Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the goals and objectives of the government.

• Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the budget cycle.

• Explain the role of the public manager in public financial management.

• Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (e.g. auditor-general) on efficient and effective management practices in governmental organisations.

Main Content • Fundamentals of public financial management • Socio-political realities of public financial management • National budgets: features, functions & practices • Public financial accountability; internal control; auditing;

intergovernmental fiscal relations; provisioning administration; public debt management; and role of and functions of public manager in financial management.

Pre-requisites PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 hours Contact with tutor 12 hours Assignments & tasks 30 hours0 Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals Total learning time 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment

Assignment & tasks: 20% Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 15% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Examination: 40%

Home Department School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Urban and Rural Management Generic module name Urban and Rural Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA222 Credit Value 10 Duration Term Module Type University Level 6 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to

• Explain the organisational and societal significance of urbanisation processes, particularly in developing countries.

• Comprehend and explain the challenges urbanisation gives rise to, such as informal settlements, job creation, service delivery, etc.).

• Explain the challenges facing rural development in developing countries, particularly on the African continent.

229

Comprehend contemporary management issues in urban and rural local government, particularly in developing countries.

Main Content Contemporary issues of urbanisation processes: • challenges of informal settlements, job creation, service

delivery. • Intergovernmental relations and urban functions and

processes. • Role of rural areas in social and political economy and

approaches towards management of this sector. Appropriate forms of rural government and effective management of rural and urban development.


Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor 21 hrs Contact with tutor 12 hrs Assignments & tasks 30 hrs Tests & examinations: 9 hrs Self-study: 28 hrs Practicals Total learning time 100 hrs Methods of Student Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40%

Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA223 Credit Value 10 Duration Term Module Type University Level 6 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Recall terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations.

• Comprehend major theories/schools of thought on organisation.

• Explain applicability of principles of major theories/schools of thought on organization to public administration institutions.

Main Content • Nature of organisation theories • Formal theories of organisation: Bureaucratic model,

scientific management, universal school of administration, human relations approach, decision-

230

making approach, behavioural science approach, environmental approaches, systems and contingency theories, cybernetics; organization development and change.


Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 Contact with tutor 12 Assignments & tasks 30 Tests & examinations: 9 Self-study: 28 Practicals Total learning time 100 Methods of Student Assessment


Practicum Third Year Level Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the Department. Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Generic module name RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric Code PUA311 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type University Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Explain terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations.

• Explain the application of analytic tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation.

• Apply the logic and skills needed to engage in practical research projects.

Main Content • The research process • Conceptual foundations and elements of social

scientific research and types of research • Preparation and conceptualisation of policy studies • Research designs • Analysis of recommendations, research report writing

and communication of research results to policymakers

231

Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132; PUA 212 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor

14

Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15% Evaluation of Research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40%

Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic LOCAL GOVERNMENT Generic module name LOCAL GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code PUA312 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type University Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Recall terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of local government administration and management.

• Comprehend and explain the structure of local government in South Africa and contemporary management issues in metropolitan and rural local government.

• Analyse and explain elements, relationships, problems and challenges facing local authorities within a framework of comparative studies of systems of local government in various countries.

Main Content • Aspects of citizen participation and representation • Local government issues: finance; metropolitan growth;

implications of industrialisation and urbanisation • Comparative study of systems of local government

Pre-requisites PUA 131, GOV132, PUA 222 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10

232

Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor 14 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions:20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examination: 40%

Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Generic module name COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric Code PUA313 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type University Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of administrative systems of developed and developing nations.

• Explain and compare the structure and systems of administration of government of developed and developing nations.

• Explain the elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the systems of administration of developed and developing countries.

Main Content • Criteria for cross-national comparisons • Comparison of structures and administrative culture;

dimensions of administrative capacity; causes of chronic mal-administration; comparative study of key policy issues

Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222

Co-requisites None



Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 Contact with tutor 40 Assignments & tasks 10 Tests & examinations: 65 Self-study: 14 Practicals/ contact with tutor Total learning time 150

233


Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of Research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40%

Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING Generic module name THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING Alpha-numeric Code PUA314 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type University Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Recall fundamentals of development planning and planning techniques: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations.

• Develop a practically-oriented overview of various models of development planning and major planning techniques.

• Develop an understanding of the field from different disciplinary perspectives.

Main Content • Social mobilization approaches to development • Planning Human resource theories • Economic growth forecasting methods • Demographic-based projections • Micro and macro-economic models

Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor 14 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment


234

Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA321 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type University Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Explain management terminology; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations; and theories of management.

• Explain the role, functions and skills requirements of the public manager in a public sector environment.

• Comprehend the utility of specific management techniques to enhance efficient and effective decision-making.

Main Content • Fundamentals of public sector management • Roles & functions of the public manager in policymaking;

planning; organising; leadership; coordination and control; evaluation, discipline and staff development

• Changing roles of public managers and skills required Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212, PUA221 (40%),

PUA222 (40%) Co-requisites None



Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 Contact with tutor 40 Assignments & tasks 10 Tests & examinations: 65 Self-study: 14 Practicals/ contact with tutor 150 Total learning time Methods of Student Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner’ s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40%

Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC

ADMINISTRATION Module topic DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric code PUA322 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type University

235

Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles; generalisations; and models of development.

• Comprehend and explain the role of public administration in promoting of especially socio-economic development

• Apply models of development in particular development situations.

• Explain problems and challenges in development administration and development crises in Third World countries.

Main Content • Meanings and features of development administration and models of development

• Entrepreneurial public administration and the promotion of developmental programmes

• Public administration and public enterprise • Problems in development administration in the Third World

Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222 Co-requisites None rohibited Combinations None reakdown of Learning Time

Hours



Module Name PUA 323- Management Systems in the Public Sector Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA323 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type University Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Explain terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of management systems in the public sector.

236

• Explain application of management systems and techniques to public sector programmes.

• Apply relevant management techniques to particular and concrete situations within public sector programmes.

Main Content The application of computerized information systems project management, systems analysis, PERT, CPM, and other systems management approaches to public sector programmes.

Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222, PUA221 (40%) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor

14

Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment


Module Name PUA 324- Public Enterprise Management Home Department SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT Generic module name PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code PUA324 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type University Level 7 Main Outcomes After completion of the module students should be able to:

• Recall terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of public enterprises.

• Understand and explain the classification, structures and management systems of public enterprises.

• Explain the role of public enterprises as major instruments of development planning and implementation.

• Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure and management of public enterprises.

Main Content • Examine the purposes, performance and problems of management in public enterprises and their role in terms of contribution to employment, investment and output.

Role of performance of public enterprises; Financial autonomy and accountability; Coordination within

237

government; Reform of public enterprise; Privatisation and liquidation.

Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 221, PUA 222 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours



Faculty EMS Home Department School of Government Module Topic Industrial Policy Generic Module Name Industrial Policy Alpha-numeric Code IDP311 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First semester


BEcon

NQF level 7 Year Level 3 Main Outcomes After completing this module, learners will be able to:

• Evaluate i) the objectives of the NIPF ii) the strategic programs of NIPF and iii) the implications of the accelerated and shared growth initiative.

• Explain the necessary conditions for industrialisation and ii) discuss the pre-1994 and post 1994 industrial development path of South Africa

• Perform a situational analysis of industrial development in South Africa by referring to aspects such as industrial strategies, financing issues, skill & education issues, impact of fiscal policy, technology & innovation, small business development and competition policy.

• Evaluate the recent industrial policy plan of government Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module:

The concept of Industrial Policy & the National Industrial Policy Framework (NIPF) Industrialisation Situational Analysis of Industrial Development Industrial & Sector Strategies Financing Issues of Industrial Policy

238

Skills & Education Issues for Industrial Policy Industrial Regulation & Competition Policy Industrial Policy & Fiscal Policy Industrial Policy & Issues Pertaining Industrial policy action Plan

Pre-requisite modules ECO 231 and ECO 232 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 51 Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student Assessment

CPA


2016 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

Documents